+ All Categories
Home > Documents > I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

Date post: 06-Jan-2016
Category:
Upload: lugomir-lugomir
View: 1,357 times
Download: 263 times
Share this document with a friend
Description:
I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
274
Content Instructi on Manual Generator circuit-breaker SF6 FKG1X With sprin g operating mechanism FK3-12 POCHEON - KOREA  AR 133690_1110 Non contractual picture refer to the customer general arrangement This equipment contains Fluorinated Greenhouse Gas (SF6) covered by the Kyoto Protocol, which has a Global Warming Potential (GWP) of 22200. SF6 should be recovered and not released into the atmosphere. For further information on the use and handling of SF6, please refer to IEC 62271: High-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear - Part 303: Use and Handling of Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6).  Administrator First issue Compiled by Approved by  AHT 14/09/2012 D. CHERRABEN R. DUPONT D5517EN01 1/4 © ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should be relied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It is provided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, is strictly prohibited.
Transcript
Page 1: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 1/274

Content

Instruction Manual

Generator circuit-breaker SF6FKG1X

With spring operating mechanismFK3-12

POCHEON - KOREA

 AR 133690_1110

Non contractual picture refer to the customer general arrangement

This equipment contains Fluorinated Greenhouse Gas (SF6) covered by the Kyoto Protocol, which has a Global Warming Potential (GWP)

of 22200.

SF6 should be recovered and not released into the atmosphere.

For further information on the use and handling of SF6, please refer to IEC 62271: High-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear - Part 303: Use

and Handling of Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6).

 Administrator First issue Compiled by Approved by

 AHT 14/09/2012 D. CHERRABEN R. DUPONT

D5517EN01

1/4

© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or

should be relied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial

circumstances. It is provided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties,

without express written authority, is strictly prohibited.

Page 2: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 2/274

Content

Instruction Manual  

EN

D5517EN012/4

© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or

should be relied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial

circumstances. It is provided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties,

without express written authority, is strictly prohibited.

Page 3: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 3/274

Content

Instruction Manual

Safety

  Product safety sheets   PS0000EN04

Technical data

Technical characteristics   G10-100EN04

Descript ion and operation

General description of the circuit-breaker    G12-001EN10

Electrical components complementary to the circuit breaker    G12-053EN02

Description of circuit-breaker pole   G12-109EN03

Pole operation of circuit-breaker (interrupting principle)   G13-001EN02

Operating device of circuit-breaker    48-020-212EN02Switch operating mechanism(s)   M14-005EN05

SF6 gas monitoring   M20-002EN03

Shipping and storage

Packaging - Identification - Storage   S22-001EN05

Cases identification   G25-001EN02

Installation

Erection general instructions   S30-001EN03

Tightening torques   S31-001EN05

Checking for presence of SF6 gas in poles   G31-061EN04

Removing (Re-install) the covers of enclosure for intervention   G31-080EN05

Circuit-breaker erection   G31-201EN12

Measuring main circuit resistance   G31-401EN02

Connection with preparation of contact surfaces   G31-501EN04Filling with SF6 gas   M32-001EN06

D5517EN013/4

© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or

should be relied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial

circumstances. It is provided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties,

without express written authority, is strictly prohibited.

Page 4: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 4/274

Content  Instruction Manual

Commissioning

Pre-commissioning inspections   G34-001EN04

Commissioning test report   RES337EN003

 Acceptance criteria   CA400321-3EN006

Maintenance

Maintenance plan   G51-001EN07

Electrical wear limits   G51-051EN03

Electrical contact densimeter threshold inspection   G51-101EN03

Replacing the electrical contact densimeter    G51-161EN02

  Replacement of enclosure cover seals   G51-202EN06

  Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments   G51-500EN01

Troubleshooting   G52-001EN03

Tooling

Tooling and accessories   G60-001EN14

Installing short-circuit bars   G61-001EN06

Equipment end of li fe

Dismantling and recovery of components from a circuit breaker    G80-000EN02

Management of SF6 gas   G80-001EN02

Instructions on the handling of used SF6 gas and decomposition products   G81-001EN03

Client drawings

General arrangement   VS133690GAD03D

Elementary diagram   VS133690EDD03D

Nameplate engraving   VS133690NPD03D

SF6 pressure scale SF6 Elementary diagram   VS133690SPD03D

Interlocking diagram   VS133690IDD03D

D5517EN01

4/4

© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or

should be relied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial

circumstances. It is provided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties,

without express written authority, is strictly prohibited.

Page 5: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 5/274

GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear

PS 0000EN 04 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12  J . VIAT 2001-03-21 1 / 1

Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page

S U M M A R Y

of PRODUCT SAFETY SHEETS

for equipment* manufactured by

ALSTOM GRID - AHT

SUBJECT Reference N° Revision Remarks

Summary PS 0000EN 04

Working environment PS 0001EN 03

Handling Operations PS 0002EN 03

Pressurized Equipment PS 0003EN 03

SF6 : Use and Handling. PS 0004EN 03 Not applicable to pneumatically

operated circuit breakers

Chemicals PS 0005EN 03

Elec trical Equipment PS 0006EN 03

Machinery PS 0007EN 04

Operation PS 0008EN 04

Maintenance PS 0009EN 04

* : excluding lightning arresters. 

Page 6: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 6/274

 GRID

High Voltage Switchgear

This page is intentionally blank. 

Page 7: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 7/274

GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear

PS 0001EN 03 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12  J . VIAT 2011-03-21 1 / 2

Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page

SAFETY SHEET

 

WORKING 

ENVIRONMENT 

CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.

Any negligence as regards site organisation may cause an accident.

WORK REQUIREMENTS.

All remedial action, for all life-cycles of the equipment, must be carried out in a safe working

environment.

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.

OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND

OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID

DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.

Page 8: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 8/274

 GRID

High Voltage Switchgear

PS 0001EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 2 / 2

Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

   P   A   C   K   I   N   G

   T   R   A   N   S   P   O   R   T

   I   N   S   T   A   L   L   A   T   I   O

   N

   S   T   A   R   T  -   U   P

   O   P   E   R   A   T   I   O   N

   M   A   I   N   T   E   N   A   N   C   E

   S   C   R   A   P   P   I   N   G

   &

   R   E   C   Y   C   L   I   N   G

 1 Personnel :

- Appropriate clothing, gloves, helmet, safety

boots, harness, etc..

- The personnel concerned must be familiar with

the basic working regulations governing a givenwork station: mechanical, dielectric, pressure

hazards, etc..

X X X X X X X

2 Handling Equipment :

- This must be in good working order, regularly

maintained, properly adjusted and compliantwith the standards in force in the country of use.

X X X X X X X

3 Tools in General :

- Only use tools appropriate to the type of work tobe carried out.

X X X X X

4 Working Area :

- Make sure the floor is safe (free from oil, bluntobjects, etc.).

- The site must be properly demarcated and kept

clear.

X X X X X

Page 9: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 9/274

GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear

PS 0002EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 1 / 3

Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page

SAFETY SHEET

 

HANDLING OPERATIONS 

CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.

Any handling operation may involve danger : - for the personnel,

- for the equipment being handled,

- for the installations or equipment in the vicinity.

WORK REQUIREMENTS.

As a general rule, handling operations must be carried out by personnel familiar with the basic

handling regulations, using equipment in good working order, and wearing the appropriate

protective clothing or equipment.

Ensure that the condition of the cases is such that they can be safely handled (state of the wood,

shock-resistance, etc.). 

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.

OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND

OPERATION IN ACCORDANC E WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID

DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.

Page 10: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 10/274

 GRID

High Voltage Switchgear

PS 0002EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 2 / 3

Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

   P   A   C   K   I   N   G

   T   R   A   N   S   P   O   R   T

   I   N   S   T   A   L   L   A   T   I   O   N

   S   T   A   R   T  -   U   P

   O   P   E   R   A   T   I   O   N

   M   A   I   N   T   E   N   A   N   C   E

   S   C   R   A   P   P   I   N   G   &

   R   E   C   Y   C   L   I   N   G

 

Handling operations must be carried out by personnel

familiar with the basic handling regulations.X X X X X X X

Personnel must be qualified to operate liftingequipment, cranes, overhead conveyors, etc..

X X X X X X X

Equipment in proper working order :

- Equipment must be checked and maintained

regularly in accordance with local regulations.

- All equipment must be properly housed.

X X X X X X X

Familiarity with the load to be handled (see details on

the case).X X X X X X X

Use of the appropriate handling equipment :

- Type of sling(s),

- Correct slinging methods,

- Use of special ALSTOM handling equipment.

X X X X X X X

Follow the handling instructions on :

- the cases (pictorial symbols: centre of gravity,

slinging points, etc.),

- the assembly instructions.

X X X

Compliance with the relevant work station safety

instructions (proximity of electrica l equipment).X X X X X X

Operator Safety :

- use of gloves, helmets, safety boots, etc .,

- loads not to be carried with personnel underneath.

X X X X X X X

Page 11: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 11/274

GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear

PS 0002EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 3 / 3

Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

   P   A   C   K   I   N   G

   T   R   A   N   S   P   O   R   T

   I   N   S   T   A   L   L   A   T   I   O   N

   S   T   A   R   T  -   U   P

   O   P   E   R   A   T   I   O   N

   M   A   I   N   T   E   N   A   N   C   E

   S   C   R   A   P   P   I   N   G   &

   R   E   C   Y   C   L   I   N   G

Handling of insulating jac kets at transport pressure (300

hPa maximum). X X X

Ensure that cases have not been damaged during

handling or prolonged storage.X

Follow the stac king instructions. X X X

It is essential to open cases from the top and to takecare when unpacking.

X

Before handling any hydraulically operated

component, bring oil pressure back to atmospheric

pressure.

X X

Before handling any mechanically operated

component, disable the springs.X X

Bring insulating jacket working pressure back to

transport pressure (300 hPa maximum).X X

Page 12: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 12/274

 GRID

High Voltage Switchgear

This page is intentionally blank. 

Page 13: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 13/274

GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear

PS 0003EN 03 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12  J . VIAT 2011-03-21 1 / 3

Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page

SAFETY SHEET

 

PRESSURIZED EQUIPMENT 

CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.

Our equipment includes gas pressure assemblies (SF6, nitrogen, a ir, etc .) or fluids (oil).

WORK REQUIREMENTS.

•  Comply with the storage, transport and operating instructions supplied with our equipment.

•  Before initial filling and pressurizing, check the overall condition of the shielding conc erned :

- no signs of impact, splitting or chipping on the porcelain components, etc.,

- no visible damage to hoses and/ or rigid pipes (cuts, folds, corrosion, etc .) or to fittings and

metal protection (accumulators, tank, etc.).

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.

OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND

OPERATION IN ACCORDANC E WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID

DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.

As a general rule, all work on pressurized equipment must be carried out by qualified personnel.

Page 14: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 14/274

 

GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear

PS 0003EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 2 / 3

Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

   P   A   C   K   I   N   G

   T   R   A   N   S   P   O   R   T

   I   N   S   T   A   L   L   A   T   I   O   N

   S   T   A   R   T  -   U   P

   O   P   E   R   A   T   I   O   N

   M   A   I   N   T   E   N   A   N   C   E

   S   C   R   A   P   P   I   N   G   &

   R   E   C   Y   C   L   I   N   G

 

1 Pressurized Equipment : General. 

1.1 Comply with the assembly instructions shown

on both our equipment and the gas bottles.X X X X X X X

1.2 Before starting work on any pressurized piece

of equipment, make sure there is no pressure.X X X X

1.3 Before any handling, check to see how the

equipment is fixed to its frame and how the

frame is itself anchored.

X X X X

1.4 High-pressure pipes must be fixed or otherwise

made safe.X X X X

1.5 Before initial pressurization, check that allcircuits are properly sealed.

X X X X

1.6 Never tighten a pressure fitting. X X X X

1.7 Ensure that for every bolted connection for a

volume under pressure there is an appropriate

and properly fastened bolt at each relevant

point.

X X

1.8 It is strictly forbidden to lift or otherwise move a

piece of equipment inflated to a pressure in

excess of 300 hPa of gas.

X X X X X

1.9 Before giving any orders to move equipment,

chec k visually or by ear that all the relevant

pipe fittings are tight.

X X X

1.10 Comply with the standard instructions

governing the use of compressed gas bottles

(e.g. keep the bottle away from any source of

heat).

X  X  X  X  X X  X 

Page 15: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 15/274

GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear

PS 0003EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 3 / 3

Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

   P   A   C   K   I   N   G

   T   R   A   N   S   P   O   R   T

   I   N   S   T   A   L   L   A   T   I   O   N

   S   T   A   R   T  -   U   P

   O   P   E   R   A   T   I   O   N

   M   A   I   N   T   E   N   A   N   C   E

   S   C   R   A   P   P   I   N   G   &

   R   E   C   Y   C   L   I   N   G

 

SF6 Pressure Equipment.

2.1 See SF6 Safety Sheet.X

 

X X 

2.2 An effec tive pressure of 300 hPa, used for the

transport and storage of our products, is not

regarded as a potential hazard.

2.3 Always fill the unit using the appropriate

equipment, which should include a safety

valve.

X  X  X 

2.4 Do not inflate over and above the prescribed

pressure.X  X  X 

2.5 It is strictly forbidden to release SF6  toatmosphere. All discharged gas must without

exception be recovered.

X  X  X  X  X 

3  Hydraulic Equipment.

3.1 Circuit Purging.

 This must be done under pressure. Use the

appropriate equipment.

X X

3.2 Hydraulic Control Unit.

 The doors must be kept shut except when

control tests are being carried out.

Page 16: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 16/274

 GRID

High Voltage Switchgear

This page is intentionally blank. 

Page 17: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 17/274

GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear

PS 0004EN 03 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12  J . VIAT 2011-03-21 1 / 3

Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page

SAFETY SHEET

 

SF6 

Use and Handling 

CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.

Sulphur hexafluoride (SF6) is a gas which in its basic state is colourless, odourless and tasteless. It is

not toxic, but it cannot sustain life. It is a heavy gas that is dispersed slowly into the atmosphere.

In its natural state, SF6 is delivered and stored in pressurized tanks (bottles or spheres) at a pressure

of approximately 20 bar at 20°C (in its liquid form) and complies with IEC standard 376.

However, under the effect of the electric arc, the SF6 molecules break up and the elements mostly

recombine during cooling either due to extinction of the arc or by regeneration caused by thepresence of active absorbent charges within the c ircuit breaker.

Various chemical reactions, associated with the volatilization of the materials in contact with the

electric arc, create either fluoridized or sulphurous secondary gas products or solid products in the

form of metallic fluoride powder ; or again, in the presence of traces of water or moisture,

hydrofluoric acid or sulphur dioxide.

In the life-cycle of the equipment, SF6 can be observed not only in its pure state, but also in its

contaminated state :

- the use of new SF6 for filling or adding,

- leaks under normal operating conditions,

- maintenance involving the opening of circuit breakers containing old SF6  (decomposition

products),

- abnormal conditions (internal arc fault causing the shielding to break),

- circuit breaker recycling on end of life-cycle.

WORK REQUIREMENTS.

Follow the instructions for the transport of pressurized containers.

 The storage of these containers is governed by the same storage regulations as compressed gas

bottles :

- keep away from any source of heat and in a cool, dry and well-ventilated area,

-  always fit a pressure reducing valve.

Page 18: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 18/274

 GRID

High Voltage Switchgear

PS 0004EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 2 / 3

Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page

Whilst SF6 in its pure state is not toxic, the decomposition products have varying degrees of toxicity.

 They may irritate the skin, the eyes and the mucous membranes; and in massive amounts may

cause serious lesions (oedema, heart failure, c irculatory disorders and unconsciousness).

However, very rapidly and before there is any real danger, signs such as a pungent smell, irritation

of the mucous of the nose, the eyes and the mouth will give a warning and the personnel

concerned will have sufficient time to take the necessary safety actions.

Where the gas is used or handled within enclosed premises, ensure adequate ventilation,especially low down.

If the gas is inhaled, the area concerned must be evacuated immediately.

Under normal operating conditions, leaks are exceptionally minor and not critical, even when the

gas contains impurities (due to the regenerating filters in the circuit breaker).

Filling and where necessary topping up operations must be carried out using the appropriate tools.

During maintenance operations, or at the end of the life-cycle, dust inside the equipment must beremoved by a vacuum extractor and the operator should wear a mask. Gas recovery must be

carried out using the appropriate gas recovery equipment.

Gases and decomposition products must be treated and/or disposed of by specialist organizations.

Under extremely abnormal conditions (e.g. break in the shielding) in an enc losed space, individual

protective equipment is recommended.

Lastly, it is forbidden to smoke, drink, eat or keep food in the vicinity of open SF6  equipment,

whether indoors or outside (harmful dust).

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.

OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND

OPERATION IN ACCORDANC E WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID

DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.

It is essential that both the fitter and the userread IEC Technical Report 1634 regarding the use andhandling of sulphur hexafluoride gas.

Page 19: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 19/274

GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear

PS 0004EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 3 / 3

Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

   P   A   C   K   I   N   G

   T   R   A   N   S   P   O   R   T

   I   N   S   T   A   L   L   A   T   I   O   N

   S   T   A   R   T  -   U   P

   O   P   E   R   A   T   I   O   N

   M   A   I   N   T   E   N   A   N   C   E

   S   C   R   A   P   P   I   N   G   &

   R   E   C   Y   C   L   I   N   G

 

 Transport of SF6  X X

Pure SF6  X X X X X

Contaminated SF6  X X X

Page 20: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 20/274

 GRID

High Voltage Switchgear

This page is intentionally blank. 

Page 21: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 21/274

GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear

PS 0005EN 03 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12  J . VIAT 2011-03-21 1 / 2

Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page

SAFETY SHEET

 

CHEMICALS 

CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.

Generally speaking, the products used for installation and commissioning are bought chemical

products, namely :

- Hydraulic oil - Grease - Loctite

- Touching-up paint - Isopropanol - Drying agents

 These must be kept in their original packing and the tops replaced after use.

Some packing produc ts require careful handling as they may contain preservatives.

WORK REQUIREMENTS.

As a general rule, chemical products must be used and stored away from any source of heat.

Smoking is to be avoided.

Avoid contact with the skin and any splashes to the eyes.

 Take the basic health and safety precautions.

Products and packing must be destroyed in accordanc e with local environmental regulations.

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.

OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND

OPERATION IN ACCORDANC E WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID

DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.

Other products: SF6  (see relevant sheet)

Page 22: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 22/274

 GRID

High Voltage Switchgear

PS 0005EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 2 / 2

Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

   P   A   C   K   I   N   G

   T   R   A   N   S   P   O   R   T

   I   N   S   T   A   L   L   A   T   I   O

   N

   S   T   A   R   T  -   U   P

   O   P   E   R   A   T   I   O   N

   M   A   I   N   T   E   N   A   N   C   E

   S   C   R   A   P   P   I   N   G

   &

   R   E   C   Y   C   L   I   N   G

 

Drying Agents X X X X X

Hydraulic Oil X X X X X X X

Consumables (Grease & Paint) (Isopropanol) X X X X X

Loctite X X

Page 23: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 23/274

GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear

PS 0006EN 03 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12  J . VIAT 2011-03-21 1 / 2

Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page

SAFETY SHEET

 

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 

CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.

Our equipment is subjected to high and low tension loads that could expose the personnel to the

risk of electrocution.

WORK REQUIREMENTS.

 The operating company is responsible for ensuring compliance with the safety instructions

governing high tension.

 The basic regulations in respec t of low tension installations must also be complied with.

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.

OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND

OPERATION IN ACCORDANC E WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID

DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.

All work on high-tension networks and low-tension installations must be performed by qualified

operators wearing personal protec tive clothing and using the appropriate tools and equipment.

Page 24: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 24/274

 GRID

High Voltage Switchgear

PS 0006EN 03 1996-04-04 2011-03-21 2 / 2

Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

   P   A   C   K   I   N   G

   T   R   A   N   S   P   O   R   T

   I   N   S   T   A   L   L   A   T   I   O

   N

   S   T   A   R   T  -   U   P

   O   P   E   R   A   T   I   O   N

   M   A   I   N   T   E   N   A   N   C   E

   S   C   R   A   P   P   I   N   G

   &

   R   E   C   Y   C   L   I   N   G

 

1  High Tension.

1.1 Comply with the regulations governing the work

station.X X X X X

1.2 In the case of items equipped with capac itors,

make sure they are discharged prior to removal

and short-circuited while work is being carried out.

X X

2  Low Tension.

2.1 Prior to any work on the low-tension c ircuit or

equipment, cut off the power supply.X X X X X

2.2 When replacing an electrical component on the

control equipment, follow the safety instructions

shown in the "Machinery" safety sheet.

X X

Page 25: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 25/274

GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear

PS 0007EN 04 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12  J . VIAT 2011-03-21 1 / 2

Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page

SAFETY SHEET

 

M A C H I N E R Y  

CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.

Our equipment contains moving parts (linkage, levers, etc.), reserve power (springs, accumulators,

etc.) and pressurized sheathing ; the associated hazards are dealt with in safety sheet "Pressurized

Equipment" PS 0003/A.

WORK REQUIREMENTS.

Follow the relevant ALSTOM operating and maintenance instructions.

Prior to any work on the control equipment and the motion transfer mechanism, disable the springs

on mechanically operated units and bring pressure back to zero for hydraulically operated units.

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.

OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND

OPERATION IN ACCORDANC E WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID

DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.

As a general rule, work on the control equipment and transmissions must be performed by qualified

operators wearing personal protec tive clothing and using the appropriate tools and equipment.

Page 26: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 26/274

 GRID

High Voltage Switchgear

PS 0007EN 04 1996-04-04 2011-03-21 2 / 2

Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

   P   A   C   K   I   N   G

   T   R   A   N   S   P   O   R   T

   I   N   S   T   A   L   L   A   T   I   O

   N

   S   T   A   R   T  -   U   P

   O   P   E   R   A   T   I   O   N

   M   A   I   N   T   E   N   A   N   C   E

   S   C   R   A   P   P   I   N   G

   &

   R   E   C   Y   C   L   I   N   G

 

1  Moving Parts.

1.1 Before any work is carried out on transmission

components, ensure that the control equipmenthas been deactivated.

X X X X X

Spring-operated Mechanism.

2.1 Before any work is carried out, cut off all power to

the reset motor.X X X X X

2.2 Deactivate the opening and closing springs inaccordance with ALSTOM instructions.

X X X X X

2.3 Make sure that all safety rules are complied with

while the work is being carried out.X X X X X

3  Hydraulic Mechanism.

3.1 Before any work is carried out, cut off power to

the motor pump.X X X X X

3.2 Reduce the pressure of the hydraulic c ircuit to

zero.X X X X X

Page 27: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 27/274

GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear

PS 0008EN 04 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12  J . VIAT 2011-03-21 1 / 2

Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page

SAFETY SHEET

 

OPERATION 

CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.

If the unit shows any sign of an unwanted condition, it must be examined by the user.

WORK REQUIREMENTS.

 The operators concerned must be suitably qualified and must comply with the normal operating

and maintenance instructions issued by ALSTOM.

Depending on the severity of the fault observed, the necessary corrective measures must be taken,

e.g :

- replenish the SF6 gas in the event of a leak, 

- isolate the system in the event of a major malfunction.

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.

OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND

OPERATION IN ACCORDANC E WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID

DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.

Page 28: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 28/274

 GRID

High Voltage Switchgear

PS 0008EN 04 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 2 / 2

Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

   P   A   C   K   I   N   G

   T   R   A   N   S   P   O   R   T

   I   N   S   T   A   L   L   A   T   I   O

   N

   S   T   A   R   T  -   U   P

   O   P   E   R   A   T   I   O   N

   M   A   I   N   T   E   N   A   N   C   E

   S   C   R   A   P   P   I   N   G

   &

   R   E   C   Y   C   L   I   N   G

 

Opening malfunction :

- to do with the sequencing chain,

- following a mechanical fault.

X X

Cut-off failure. X

External dielectric flash-over. X

SF6 pressure drop due to either :

- major leak (switch to 2nd threshold),

- no 1st threshold alarm complement.

X X

Loss of motor power :

- oil, compressed air, component failure.

X X

Activation of safety device, if fitted. X

Use only the appropriate products

recommended by ALSTOM.X X X X

   C   O   M   P   L   Y   W   I   T   H   T   H   E   S   P   E   C   I   F   I   C   I   N   S   T   R   U   C   T   I   O   N   P   R   O   V   I   D   E   D   I   N   T   H   E   F   O   L   L   O   W   I   N   G   C   A   S   E   S  :

 Abnormal noise. X X

Page 29: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 29/274

GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear

PS 0009EN 04 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12  J . VIAT 2011-03-21 1 / 2

Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page

SAFETY SHEET

 

MAINTENANCE 

CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.

•  To ensure safe and unimpaired operation of the equipment, regular maintenance is essential.

Neglected maintenance can create hazards.

•  Maintenance operations involve hazards that must be guarded against.

WORK REQUIREMENTS.

•  Comply with the maintenance programme and service intervals shown in the ALSTOM manua ls.

•  In addition, every maintenance operation must comply with the following requirements :

- it must be carried out by suitably qualified personnel,

- both the work involved and the assoc iated hazards must be clearly identified beforehand,

- the tools and equipment used (standard or specific to ALSTOM) must be appropriate and inproper working order,

- any replacement parts must be ALSTOM parts.

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.

OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND

OPERATION IN ACCORDANC E WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID

DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.

•  Refer to the relevant SAFETY sheets.

•   The safety instructions below are general and not exhaustive. They should therefore be

modified and/or supplemented for all specific maintenance operations to be carried out.

Page 30: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 30/274

 GRID

High Voltage Switchgear

PS 0009EN 04 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 2 / 2

Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

   P   A   C   K   I   N   G

   T   R   A   N   S   P   O   R   T

   I   N   S   T   A   L   L   A   T   I   O

   N

   S   T   A   R   T  -   U   P

   O   P   E   R   A   T   I   O   N

   M   A   I   N   T   E   N   A   N   C   E

   S   C   R   A   P   P   I   N   G

   &

   R   E   C   Y   C   L   I   N   G

 

Identify the equipment to be worked on and ensure itis switched off.

X X X

Obtain as much information as possible from the user

regarding the condition of the unit.X X X

Check that the unit is earthed both upstream and

downstream.X X X

Demarcate the work area. X X X

Ensure that the operator is equipped with the personal

protective clothes and equipment required (safety

glasses, gloves, safety boots, harness, etc.).X X X

Ensure that the equipment used is compliant and in

good condition (scaffolding, slings, suspended

platforms, electrical equipment, tools, etc.).

X X X

Ensure that the safety instructions in respec t of each

particular hazard are complied with.X X X

Page 31: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 31/274

Technical data

Technical characteristics

G10--100EN041/2

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

FKG1 technical characteristics

Performances   See C.B performances on customer drawing “Text to be engraved” :

SF6 gas   The table below gives the SF6 gas characteristics :

FKG1

Minimum admissible temperature :up to

--25°C(--13°F)

--22°C(--7.6°F)

SF6 gas density

 pre   57.04 kg/m3 64.65 kg/m3

 pae   48.86 kg/m3 55,44 kg/m3

 pme   46,68 kg/m3 53.19 kg/m3

i.e. effective pressureat 20°C(68°F)and 101.3 kPa

 preFilling rated pressure forthe insulation

+ 0,01-- 0

0,75 MPa(108,8 p.s.i.)

0,85 MPa(123,3 p.s.i.)

 pae Alarm pressure for theinsulation

+ 0,02-- 0

0.64 MPa( pme+0,03 MPa)

(92.8 p.s.i.)

0,73 MPa( pme+0,03 MPa)

(105.9. p.s.i.)

 pmeMinimal pressure for theinsulation

+ 0,02-- 0

0,61 MPa(88.5 p.s.i.)

0,7 MPa(101.6 p.s.i.)

SF6 mass for one three--pole cir-cuit --breaker

1N=33 kg1F=39 kg

1X--1XP=58 kg1XV--1XW=58kg

1N=37 kg1F=44 kg

1X--1XP=66 kg1XV--1XW=66kg

The above characteristics are of a general nature, only those values given onthe circuit--breaker’s rating plates are contractually binding.

Operating device   The table below gives low voltage components characteristics of the operat-ing device :

Auxiliary voltages  (usual) :

U a   Opening and closing circuits 48--110--125--220--250 V (dc)

Heating (and lighting) circuits 240 V (ac) / 415 V (ac) / 127 V (ac)Motor 110--220 (cc) or 240 V (ac)

Consumption :

Closing and opening coils 440/340 W3.3A x 125 dc = 400W

Permanent heating 300 W + 45 W fixed

Thermostat heating(if temperature   ≤+5°C) (≤+23°F)

300 W / cubicle

Motor 1800 W (dc)or 2700 VA (ac)

The above characteristics are of a general nature, only those values given on

the circuit--breaker’s rating plates are contractually binding.

Page 32: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 32/274

Technical data

Technical characteristics

G10--100EN042/2

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 33: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 33/274

Description and operation

General Description of the Circuit breaker

G12--001EN101/12

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

FKG1N / F / X Circuit breaker with FK3--12 spring--powered controls

Description   The equipment comprises three poles with sheathing actuated by a three---

pole spring--powered control.For the precise composition of the cell, see client sketch.

Illustration

FKG1F/X

FKG1N

D

E

C

D

F

B

 A

Non contractual picture refer to the customer general arrangement

Components   The following table lists the principle components of the circuit breaker:

Mark Component Page

 A Circuit--breaker pole 3--4

B Chassis 5

CCDE

CB assy. -- Control SectionCB positional indicator statusDisconnector position indicator statusLow voltage cabinet

6781

F Pole sheath 9

Page 34: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 34/274

Description and operation

General Description of the Circuit breaker

G12--001EN102/12

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

FKG1XP / XV / XW Circuit breaker with FK3 --12 spring --powered controls

Description   The equipment comprises three poles with sheathing actuated by a three---

pole spring--powered control.For the precise composition of the cell, see client sketch.

Illustration

FKG1XV

FKG1XP

Non contractual picture refer to the customer general arrangement

DF

BD

E

C   A

FKG1XW

FKG1XW

”Extented”

Components   The following table lists the principle components of the circuit breaker:

Mark Component Page

 A Circuit--breaker pole 4

B Chassis 5

CCDE

CB assy. -- Control SectionCB positional indicator statusDisconnector position indicator statusLow voltage cabinet

6782

F Pole sheath 10

Page 35: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 35/274

Description and operation

General Description of the Circuit breaker

G12--001EN103/12

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Circuit breaker pole FKG1N / F

Illustration

8

6

 A

1   5

7

2

B

9

Components   The following table lists the principle components of the circuit breakerpole:

Mark Component

 A ‘Active’ CB section

B Busbar disconnection sectionSee ‘Electrical components complementary to the circuit Breaker’module

1 Interrupting chamber

2 Moving parts

5 Fixed parts

6 Current outlet sockets

7 Rupture disk

8 Heat dissipater fitted to the FKG1F CB pole

9 SF6 gas connection

Page 36: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 36/274

Description and operation

General Description of the Circuit breaker

G12--001EN104/12

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Circuit breaker pole FKG1X / XP / XV / XW

Illustration

6

97   2 1   5

8

B

 A

Components   The following table lists the principle components of the circuit breakerpole:

Mark Component

 A ‘Active’ CB section

B Busbar disconnection sectionSee ‘Electrical components complementary to the circuit Breaker’module

1 Interrupting chamber

2 Moving parts

5 Fixed parts

6 Current outlet sockets

7 Rupture disk

8 Heat dissipater fitted to the FKG1 X / XP/ XV / XW CB pole

9 SF6 gas connection

Page 37: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 37/274

Description and operation

General Description of the Circuit breaker

G12--001EN105/12

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Chassis

Illustration

11 10

9

10a

version with MALT 160kA

1230

Components   The following table lists the principle components of the chassis:

Mark Component Function

9 Support beams – fitted with

feet

Supports the pole sheathes

10--10a Supplementary support Supports the pole sheathes

11 Strengthening crossmember

Supports the pole sheathes

12 Control mounting chassis Supports the various operating con-trols

30 SF6   pipe work and fillingunit

Provides a three--poleSF6 connection

NOTE :   *  Distance between phases :<1500 = supports beam fitted with 2 feets> 1500 = supports beam fitted with 3 feets

Page 38: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 38/274

Description and operation

General Description of the Circuit breaker

G12--001EN106/12

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Circuit breaker assembly control section

Illustration

15

14

26

27

1513   11

26

Components   The following table lists the principle components of the operating mecha-nisms:

Mark Component Function

11 CB Operating Mechanism Provides control of the CB13 Inspection port Used to visually inspect the position

of the optical CB positional indicator(See Para.: ‘CB position indicatorstatus’)

14 Inspection port Used to visually inspect the posi-tion(s) of the various earthing switchcontrols.(See Para. ‘Disconnector Switchposition indicator status’)

15 Operating mechanisms forthe various disconnector

switches

Provides control of the busbar earth-ing switch, the startup switch and the

earthing switch(es).26 Low Voltage (LV) Cabinet Houses the low voltage functions for

the whole CB.

27 Synoptic diagram Used to give a visual indication of theoverall status of the CB.

Page 39: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 39/274

Description and operation

General Description of the Circuit breaker

G12--001EN107/12

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Circuit breaker position indicator status

Status “A”

Circuit breakerOpen

Closing springArmed

ANSI OPEN

IEC

Status “B”

Circuit breakerClosed

Closing springDisarmed

ANSI   CLOSED

IEC

Status “C”

Closing springArmed

ANSI   CLOSED

Circuit breakerClosed

IEC

Status “D”

Closing springDisarmed

ANSI OPEN

Circuit breakerOpen

IEC

Page 40: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 40/274

Description and operation

General Description of the Circuit breaker

G12--001EN108/12

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Disconnector switch(es) position indicator status

Status “A”   Switch

Open

or

OPENANSIIEC

Status “B”

or

SwitchClosed

CLOSEDANSIIEC

Page 41: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 41/274

Description and operation

General Description of the Circuit breaker

G12--001EN109/12

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Pole sheath FKG1N / F / X 

Illustration

22

16

20

19

18

21

25

24

23

18

FKG1F/X

FKG1F/XFKG1N

17

Components   The following table lists the principle components of the pole sheath:

Mark Component Function

16 Metallic casing Encloses the pole

17 Inspection port Used to visually inspect the status of the busbar disconnector switch

18 Removable cover(s) Can be removed in one (1N) or two(1F/X) section(s)

19 Leaktight connector Ensures the sheath is leaktight

20 Cable passage Used for the power supply to the star-tup switch

21 Startup switch supply unit Protects the supply to the startupswitch

22 Cover sealing gasket Ensures the sheath is leaktight

23 Cover lifting handles Used when handling the cover

24 Inspection ports Used to visually inspect the positionsof the earthing and startup switches

25 Sun shield Used to limit equipment overheating

Page 42: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 42/274

Description and operation

General Description of the Circuit breaker

G12--001EN1010/12

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Pole sheath FKG1XP / XV / XW

Illustration

21

FKG1XP / XV

FKG1XW

FKG1XW

”Extented”

23

18

22 17

16

20

19

24

18

Components   The following table lists the principle components of the pole sheath:

Mark Component Function

16 Metallic casing Encloses the pole

17 Inspection port Used to visually inspect the status of the busbar disconnector switch andthe earthing switch(es).

18 Removable cover(s) Can be removed in three sections19 Leaktight connector Ensures the sheath is leaktight

20 Cable passage Used for the power supply to the cir-cuit breaker

21 Startup switch supply unit Protects the supply to the startupswitch

22 Cover sealing gasket Ensures the sheath is leaktight

23 Cover lifting handles Used when handling the cover

24 Inspection ports Used to visually inspect the positionsof the earthing and startup switches

Page 43: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 43/274

Description and operation

General Description of the Circuit breaker

G12--001EN1011/12

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Additional circuit breaker electrical equipment

Components   The additional electrical equipment varies in accordance with the configu-

ration of the customer’s requirements, and may comprise :

D   Busbar disconnector switch,

D  Earthing switch,

D   Start--up switch,

D   Current transformer,

D   Voltage transformer,

D   Capacitor,

D   Surge arrestor.

Description ofelements

See ‘Electrical components complementary to the circuit Breaker’ module.

Page 44: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 44/274

Description and operation

General Description of the Circuit breaker

G12--001EN1012/12

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 45: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 45/274

Description and operation

Electrical components complementary

to the circuit breaker

G12--053EN021/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Composition of additional circuit breaker electrical equipment

Component

Location

The additional electrical equipment varies in accordance with the configur-

ation of the customer’s requirements, and may comprise :

D  Busbar disconnector switch (A).

D  Earthing switch (B) (B1 =160kA).

D  Startup switch (C).

D  Current Transformer (D).

D  Voltage transformer (E).

D  Capacitor (F).

D  Surge Arrester (G).

Illustration

E

C

B

B

 A

D

B1

D

E

F  G

G

F

Table ofthe components

The following table lists the principle components of the additional electricalequipment:

Marked Component Page

 A Busbar disconnector switch. 2

B Earthing switch(es) (MALT). 3

B1 Earthing switch(es) 160 kA (MALT). 3

C Startup switch (IKG). 4

D--E---

F--G

Current Transformer; Voltage Transformer; Capacitor;

Surge Arrestor.

5

Page 46: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 46/274

Description and operation

Electrical components complementary

to the circuit breaker

G12--053EN022/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Busbar disconnector switch

Illustration

3

42

36

37

5

35

38

4

Table ofthe components

The following table lists the principle components of the busbar disconnec-tor switch :

Mark Component Function

3 CB -- moving part

4 Disconnector – Fixed part --

5 Operating shaft Transmits movement.

35 Operating lever Actuated by the rod linkage (42) ittransmits movement to the shaft (5).

36 Disconnector moving partcasing

--

37 Insulator mounting --

38 Mobile contact Allows current to pass between thefixed part (4) and the moving part (36)of the disconnector switch casing.

Page 47: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 47/274

Description and operation

Electrical components complementary

to the circuit breaker

G12--053EN023/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Earthing switch(es) (MALT)

Illustration

45

27

44

36

45

3

43

27

44

27

44

43

43

Earthing switch 160 kA.

Table ofthe components

The following table lists the principle components of the earthing switch :

Mark Component Function

3 Casing – CB fixed part --

36 Casing – Disconnectormoving part

--

27 Articulated arm Pivots and engages with the fixedcontact.

43 Three--pole linkage rod Provides a linkage from the operatingmechanism.

44 Fixed contact Connects with the live section of thearticulated arm to enable the currentto flow.

45 Cable braid Provides a connection for the sheath.

Page 48: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 48/274

Description and operation

Electrical components complementary

to the circuit breaker

G12--053EN024/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Startup Switch (IKG)

Illustration

27

32

33

45

3

44

Table ofthe components

The following table lists the principle components of the startup switch :

Mark Component Function

3 Casing – CB fixed part --

27 Articulated arm Swings and connects to the fixed con-tact.

32 Busbar output Groups the ’Customer’ cable mount-ings.

33 Cable box Protects the ‘Customer’ connectorcables.

44 Fixed contact Connects with the live section of thearticulated arm to enable the currentto flow.

45 Cable braid Provides a connection to the ‘cus-tomer’ cables.

Page 49: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 49/274

Description and operation

Electrical components complementary

to the circuit breaker

G12--053EN025/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Current transformer; Voltage transformer; Capacitor;Surge arrestor – with or without fuse

Illustration

50

48 (400nf)

34

4646 34   33

5048

33

(800nf)

Table ofthe components

The following table lists the additional circuit breaker components :

Mark Component

33 Current transformer

34 Voltage transformer

46 Voltage transformer fuse

48 Capacitor 800nf or 400nf 

50 Surge arrestor

Page 50: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 50/274

Description and operation

Electrical components complementary

to the circuit breaker

G12--053EN026/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 51: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 51/274

Description and operation

Description of circuit breaker pole

G12--109EN031/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Active parts

Description   The active section of the circuit breaker comprises:

-- The mechanism casing (A)  -- on the side of the moving part,

-- The interrupter chamber (C) – in a composite envelope (1),

-- The casing (B) -- on the side of the fixed section.

Diagram

1 23

C

A B

Circuit--breakerOpen

Description   The composite envelope (1) enclosing the interrupter chamber separates thetwo casings, providing insulation between the incoming andoutgoing sectionsof the circuit breaker.The current sockets (2 & 3) situated in the extensions to thecasings, are usedto provide connections to the busbars.

Page 52: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 52/274

Description and operation

Description of circuit breaker pole

G12--109EN032/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Mechanism casing, moving part section

Diagram

410

5

8

7

A

9

6

11

Circuit--breakerClosed

Table ofthe components

The following table lists the components both within and around the casing:

Mark Component Function

4 Insulated mounting Provides CB phase/earth insulation

5 3--pole operating shaft Transmits movement between the operat-ing mechanism and the poles

6 Operating lever Transmitsthemovement to the interrupterchamber’s mobile contact (11)

11 Moving contact Used to let the rated current flow.

7 Breaking disk Safety system – guards against overpres-sure in the chamber

8   SF6 liaison Used to connect the SF6 to the poles.

9 Molecular sieve Agent used to absorb the gaseous break-down of SF6.

Page 53: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 53/274

Description and operation

Description of circuit breaker pole

G12--109EN033/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Interrupting chamber

Extinguishing

Environment

The arc extinguishing environment is low--pressure SF6

 gas.

Interrupting principle   Installed horizontally, the assembly is of a thermal, auto--charging pneumatic,

double arc--blowing design

Diagram

A   10 11

12

14 2023

24

B

21

22

15

16

17

13

18

Table ofthe components

The following table lists the components both within and around the inter-rupter chamber:

Mark Component Information

10 Moving contactmounting

supported by the mechanism casing (A).

11 Moving contact fitted with a contact tube (12).

13   Blowing device fitted with a nozzle (14),arc contacts (17),a front arc valve guide (15),

a rear arc guide (16),a piston (18).

20 Fixed contactmounting

supported by the casing (B).

21 Permanent contact fitted with a contact tulip (22).

23 Fixed contact and its contact shaft (24).

Page 54: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 54/274

Description and operation

Description of circuit breaker pole

G12--109EN034/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 55: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 55/274

Description and operation

Pole operation of circuit--breaker

(Interrupting principle)

G13--001EN021/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

IntroductionIn its ‘CLOSED’ position, the current from a generator passes through :

-- The current sockets (2),

-- The casing (B),

-- The permanent contact (21),

-- The moving contact tube (12),

-- The moving contact mounting (10),

-- The casing (A),

-- The current sockets (3).

2211210   BA3

Circuit--breakerClosed

In this module   This module deals with the operational phases of the pole :

Stage Page

Schematic diagram 2

Opening 3

Page 56: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 56/274

Description and operation

Pole operation of circuit--breaker

(Interrupting principle)

G13--001EN022/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Schematic diagram

Opening   On receiving a manual or electrical open order, the energy accumulated in the

operating mechanism’s opening spring (32) is freed.

The control lever (30), activated by the opening spring (32), transmits themovement to the lower pole lever (34) via the rod linkage (31), in turn movingthe moving contact (11), thus separating the contacts.

Representation of“OPEN” state

30

31

34

32

11

Closing   On receiving a manual or electrical closure order, the energy accumulated inthe operating mechanism’s closing spring (33) is freed.This operates the moving contact (11) and closes the Interrupter Chamber.

11

Representation of‘CLOSED’ state

33

Page 57: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 57/274

Description and operation

Pole operation of circuit--breaker

(Interrupting principle)

G13--001EN023/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Opening

Stage 1 :

Start of opening

When tube (12) in the moving contact (11) separates from the permanent con-

tact (21), the current is routed via the arc contacts (17).

2112 1711

Stage 2 :Thermal effect

When the contacts (17) separate, an arc appears, and the energy from thisarc causes a rise in the pressure in the thermal expansion chamber (Vt),which is enclosed by the stem (24) of the fixed contact (23) and the isolating

nozzle (14).

Vt

2317 2414

Continued on next page.

Page 58: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 58/274

Description and operation

Pole operation of circuit--breaker

(Interrupting principle)

G13--001EN024/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Opening, continued

Stage 3 :

Breaking

When the stem (24) of the fixed contact (23) is extracted from the nozzle (14),

the thermal overpressure in the chamber (Vt) is released, which causes a jetof gas, just before the current reaches zero, which ensures the arc is com-pletely extinguished.

Simultaneously, the increase in pressure in the vicinity of the arc spreadsacross to the piston (18) exerting a force on the mobile fittings and thus reduc-ing the loading imposed on the circuit breaker’s operating mechanisms.

232414

Vt

18

Stage 4 :Complete opening

The arc is extinguished.Themolecules of SF6 gas, torn apart by the arc, are instantaneously reconsti-tuted. The residual gas from the breaking is absorbed by the molecular sieve(9); a few particles are deposited as a coating of dust, which has no effect onthe circuit breaker itself.

Circuit--breakerOpen

9

Page 59: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 59/274

Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers

06.04.2011 48-020-212EN021/15

 

Function description

FK3-12 spring operating mechanismsfor circuit-breakers

 Administrator First issue Written by Released by

SEH 08.06.2004 E.Suter, TMA-SEH /sf E. Suter, TMA-SEH

Page 60: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 60/274

Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers

06.04.2011 48-020-212EN022/15

 

FK 3-12 sring operating mechanisms for circui t breakers

Contents Page

Introduction 3

Functional units 3

Operating states 6

Charging the closing spring 8

Closing operation 10

Recharging the closing spring 12

Operating operation 14

Page 61: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 61/274

Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers

06.04.2011 48-020-212EN023/15

 

70.26

70.24

70.42

70.31

70.44

70.43

71.09

71.35 

Introduction

The FK 3-12 third-generation spring operating mechanisms have been de-signed as an integrated series. All mechanisms have the same functional units

and operate on the same principle. Dimensions and certain execution featuresare dictated by the maximum closing energy for each model.

Fonctional units

70.23 70.21 70.2070.25 70.22

Schématic digram

70.01 70.53 71.32 70.06 70.1079.04 70.05 70.07 70.08

70.01 Motor 70.20 Trip spring70.05 Closing latch 70.21 Auxiliary switch70.06 Closing magnet 70.22 Motor limit switch actuating cam70.07 Manual CLOSE release 70.23 Motor limit switch lever70.08 CLOSE push-button 70.24 Motor limit switch70.09 Closing shaft 70.25 Closing spring70.10 Cam disc 70.26 Closing chain70.11 Roller lever 70.31 Spring position indicator70.12 Main shaft 70.52 Cicuit breaker position indicator70.13 Manual TRIP release 70.53 Hand crank70.14 TRIP push-button 71.32 Pair of winding lever with return stop70.15 Trip magnet 71.35 Cam disc for eccentric gear70.16 Trip latch 71.42 Chain wheel70.17 Trip dashpot 71.43 Crank lever70.18 Operating lever 71.44 Support pin70.19 Trip chain 79.04 Gearing

70.19

70.52

70.18

70.12

70.17

70.15

70.14

70.16

70.13

70.11 

Page 62: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 62/274

Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers

06.04.2011 48-020-212EN024/15

 

Energy store •  Closing spring 70.25 stores energy to close the circuit breaker and tocharge trip spring 70.20. Surplus energy ensures that the circuit breakercan be safely closed in all situations.

•  Trip spring 70.20 furnishes the energy necessary to trip the circuit

breaker. The trip spring may be in the operating mechanism or in thecircuit breaker, depending on the circuit breaker design.

Energy storeCharging mechanism

•  Motor 70.01 and gearing 79.04 serve to charge closing spring 70.25

Closing unit •  On closing, the energy of closing spring 70.25 is transmitted to camdisk 70.10 via closing chain 70.26, crank lever 71.43 and closing shaft70.09. The cam disc drives main shaft 70.12 via roller lever 70.11. Thecircuit breaker is closed and trip spring 70.20 charged via drive lever70.18 and the linkage

•  Cam disc 70.10 controls the travel/time characteristic of the main con-tact during closing.

Tripping unit •  If trip spring 70.20 is mounted in the operating mechanism, its energy istransmitted to the circuit breaker via trip chain 70.19, main shaft 70.12and drive lever 70.18.

•  The motion is retarde by trip dashpot 70.17 at the end of the trippingprocess.

Latches •  When closing spring 70.25 is charged, closing latch 70.05 supports itthrough crank lever 71.43 and support pin 71.44.

•  When trip spring 70.20 is charged, trip latch 70.16 supports it by thelever arm of roller lever 70.11 and main shaft 70.12.

Release device •  Closing magnet 70.06 releases closing latch 70.05.

•  Trip magnet 70.15 releases trip latch 70.16.

Page 63: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 63/274

Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers

06.04.2011 48-020-212EN025/15

 

 Auxi liaire switch •  Auxiliary switch 70.21 Coupled to main shaft 70.12 serves as a refer-ence for the main contact for control, signaling and interlock functions

•  When the circuit breaker is closed, one contact of auxiliary switch 70.21interrupts the closing coil circuit and thus prevents further electrical ex-citation.

•  When the circuit breaker is in the tripped position, one contact of auxil-iary switch 70.21 breaks the operating release coil circuit and thus pre-vents further electrical excitation.

Motor limit switch •  Motor limit switch 70.24 closes and interrupts the motor circuit. It alsoperforms interlock functions.

•  While closing spring 70.25 is being charged, one contact of motor limitswitch 70.24 interupts the closing coil circuit and thus preventspremature electrical closing operation.

Mechanical clos inginterlock

•  When the circuit breaker is closed, a lever coupled to main shaft 70.12disables closing latch 70.05 and prevents any further release of theclosing system.

Indicators •  Circuit breaker position indicator 70.52 displays the position of the maincontact (I or O).

•  Spring position indicator 70.31 displays the state (charged or dis-charged) of closing spring 70.25.

 Auxi liairy devices

and tools

•  Mechanical manual releases 70.07, 70.13 permit switching operations

during field service.•  Hand crank 70.53 permits manual charging of closing spring 70.25.

 Accessories •  Cabinet to protect against weather and contact.

•  Heater to prevent condensation.

•  Mechanical operating counter

•  Mechanical device to delay opening time (option)

•  Undervoltage release (option)

•  Interior lighting (option)

•  Other electrical equipment as specified by customer (option).

Page 64: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 64/274

Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers

06.04.2011 48-020-212EN026/15

 

Operating states

Note •  The two illustrations below show the possible operating states andsequences of an oper ating mechanism. These  are characterisedmains by the position of the circuit breaker to which  the mechanism  isattached, and by the position of the closing spring. The position of thespring is always linked to the position of the circuit breaker. Thepositions of the auxiliary switch and motor limit switch are importantsecondary characteristics.

•  An operating mechanism remains in a steady operating state until itsposition is changed by an external control command. It can then passthrough well-defined transient (unsteady) operating states.

Operating states and

sequences

Operating state 3

Steady operating state

Transient operating state

Closing spring charged

Closing spring discharged

Circuit breaker open (trip springdischarged

Circuit breaker closed (tripspring charged)

Closing spring is charged auto-matically

Circuit breaker is closed

Circuit breaker is tripped 

CHARGING

CHARGING

CHARGING

CHARGING

and

State of delivery

Page 65: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 65/274

Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers

06.04.2011 48-020-212EN027/15

 

Operating states andInterlock functions

Operating state 2: steady Operating state 1: TransientMotor Closing  Opening  Motor Closing  Opening 

Operating state 4: steady Operating state 3: Transient

Motor   Closing  Opening

M

S1

S2 S2

S1

Y1 Y2

 

Motor Closing  Opening 

Circuit breakerClosed / open

Mechanical closing interlock : closing op-eration disabled

Mechanical closing interlock : closing op-eration enabled

Closing spring discharged S1 Auxiliary switch

Closing spring charged S2 Motor limit switch

Y1 Closing coil

Y2 Opening release coil

Note •  The following functions will now be described : charging the energystore, closing, recharging and opening. The operating mechanism andthe circuit breaker pass through the operating states in the order

1→2→3→4→2

Page 66: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 66/274

Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers

06.04.2011 48-020-212EN028/15

 

70.26

70.24

70.42

70.31

71.44

71.29

71.43

71.35 

Charging the closing spring

70.25 70.23 70.22

70.01 79.04 71.32 70.05

70.01 Motor 70.29 Kurbelzapfen70.05 Closing latch 70.31 Spring position indicator70.22 Motor limit 71.32 Pair of winding levr with return stop

Switch actuating cam 71.35 Cam disc for eccentric gear7023 Motor limit switch lever 71.42 Chain wheel70.24 Motor limit switch 71.43 Crank lever70.25 Closing spring 71.44 Support pin70.26 Closing chain 79.04 Gearing

•  The circuit breaker and operating mechanism are in operating state 1(no motor voltage present) on delivery and during installation and ser-

vicing.

Operating state 1: Transient

Motor Closing  Opening 

A

Page 67: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 67/274

Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers

06.04.2011 48-020-212EN029/15

 

•  Motor 70.01 starts as soon as the control voltage is imposed. It chargesclosing spring 70.25 via gearing 79.04, chain wheel 71.42, crank lever71.43 and closing chain 70.26. This process comes to an end whencrank journal 70.29 with attached closing chain 70.26 has passed top

dead point A and support pin 71.44 of crank lever 71.43 rests againstclosing latch 70.05.

•  At the end of the charging process, the pair of winding levers 71.32 islifted though the (not shown) disconnecting device. Gearing 79.04 andmotor 70.01, which is shut off via motor limit switch actuating cam 70.22and motor limit switch 70.24 can now run down freely without imposingany load on closing latch 70.05.

•  Motor limit switch 70.24 has now moved so as to make the closing cir-cuit, and spring position indicator 70.31 has moved to the «closingspring charged» position.

•  If motor voltage drops out during the charging process, the return-stopof the pair of winding levers 71.32 keeps chain wheel 71.42 from turning

blackward and thus prevents the unwinding of closing spring 70.25.

•  Circuit breaker and operating mechanism are in operating state 2

Operating state 2: steady

Motor Closing  Opening

•  The circuit breaker is ready for closing.

Page 68: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 68/274

Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers

06.04.2011 48-020-212EN0210/15

 

Closing operation

70.25 70.22 70.21 70.20

79.04 71.32 70.05 70.07 70.06 70.10 70.11 

70.05 Closing latch 70.21 Auxiliary switch70.06 Closing magnet 70.22 Motor limit switch actuating cam70.07 Manual CLOSE release 70.24 Motor limit switch

70.09 Closing shaft 70.25 Closing spring70.10 Cam disc 70.26 Closing chain70.11 Roller lever 70.29 Crank journal70.12 Main shaft 70.31 Spring position indicator70.16 Trip latch 70.52 Cicuit breaker position indicator70.18 Operating lever 71.32 Pair of winding lever with return-stop70.19 Trip chain 71.43 Crank lever70.20 Trip spring 79.04 Gearing

•  Circuit breaker and operating mechanism are in operating state 2.

Operating state 2: steady

Motor Closing  Opening

•  Closing latch 70.05 is released by the electrical command to closingmagnet 70.06 or by actuation of mechanical manual release 70.07.

•  Closing shaft 70.09 is accelerated by the effect of closing spring 70.25,

which is attached to crank lever 71.43.

70.19

70.52

70.18

70.12

70.16

70.26

70.24

70.31

70.09

71.43

70.29 

B

Page 69: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 69/274

Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers

06.04.2011 48-020-212EN0211/15

 

•  Cam disc 70.10 turns roller lever 70.11, which follows it, in the CLOSEdirection. The circuit breaker is closed via main shaft 70.12, operatinglever 70.18 and an attached linkage. At the end of the closing move-ment, after a 60° rotation, specially designed cam disc 70.10 brings

main shaft 70.12 to a safe, low-impact stop against trip latch 70.16 viaa lever arm of roller lever 70.11. At the same time, cam disc 70.10 hasmoved away from roller lever 70.11 and the circuit breaker can be trip-ped.

•  In the course of the closing movement, trip spring 70.20 is charged viatrip chain 70.19.

•  The return-stop of pair of winding lever 71.32 keeps the fast gearingstages from tracking the motion during the closing operation.

•  After closing shaft 70.09 has turned through approx. 180°, crank journal70.29 passes through bottom dead point B. The Kinetic energy stillpossessed by crank wheel 70.30 is returned to closing spring 70.25(recovered) via chain 70.26. By virtue of this principle, the closingmovement is brought to a gentle, impact-free stop.

•  Control, indicating and interlock functions at the end of the closingmovement:

−  Auxiliary switch 70.21, which is coupled to main shaft 70.12 hasmade the opening release coil circuit and broken the closing circuit.The circuit breaker can be tripped electrically, and further actuationof the closing coil is prevented.

−  A lever (not shown) controlled by main shaft 70.12 has disabledclosing latch 70.05, thus mechanically preventing any further releaseof the closing system.

−  Circuit breaker position indicator 70.52 has turned to the CLOSEDposition with main shaft 70.12.

−  Motor limit switch 70.24 actuated via motor limit switch actuatingcam 70.22, has made the motor circuit.

−  The closing coil circuit has been broken by one contact of motor limitswitch 70.24. Any further electrical actuation of the closing coil isthus prevented

•  Spring position indicator 70.31 has simultaneously moved to «closingspring discharged». 

•  Circuit breaker and operating mechanism are in operating state 3.

Operating state 3: Transient

Motor Closing  Opening 

•  The circuit breaker is ready for tripping.

Page 70: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 70/274

Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers

06.04.2011 48-020-212EN0212/15

 

Recharging de closing spring

70.25 70.22

70.22 Motor limit switch actuating cam70.24 Motor limit switch70.25 Closing spring

•  Circuit breaker and operating mechanism are in operating state 3 

Operating state 3 : Transient

Motor Closing  Opening 

70.24

Page 71: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 71/274

Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers

06.04.2011 48-020-212EN0213/15

 

•  When motor limit switch 70.24 is actuated by motor limit switch actuat-ing cam 70.22 at the end of the closing movement, the motor circuit ismade and closing spring 70.25 is automatically recharged.

•  If no breaking operation has taken place during the charging process,

the circuit breaker is in steady operating state 4 at the end of the charg-ing process. This is the normal operating state of all circuit breakers inthe electric power grid. 

•  Circuit breaker and operating mechanism are in operating state 4.

Operating state 4: steady

Motor Closing  Opening

M

S1

S2 S2

S1

Y1 Y2

 

•  The circuit breaker is ready for the operating sequence O-CO.

Page 72: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 72/274

Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers

06.04.2011 48-020-212EN0214/15

 

Opening operation

70.21 70.20

70.05

70.05 Closing lacht 70.17 Trip dashpot70.12 Main shaft 70.20 Closing spring70.13 MANUAL TRIP release 70.21 Auxiliary switch70.15 Trip magnet 70.52 Circuit breaker position indicator70.16 Trip latch

•  Circuit breaker and operating mechanism are in operating state 4

Operating state 4 : steady

Motor Closing  Opening

M

S1

S2 S2

S1

Y1 Y2

 

70.52

70.12

70.17

70.15

70.16

70.13

Page 73: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 73/274

Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers

06.04.2011 48-020-212EN0215/15

 

•  Trip latch 70.16 is released by the electrical command to trip magnet70.15 or by actuation of mechanical manual release 70.13. Main shaft70.12 and the circuit breaker, which is coupled to it, are accelerated inthe O direction by charged trip spring 70.20, Trip dashpot 70.17 comes

into action toward the end of the tripping process, slowing the movingmasses of the circuit breaker and operating mechanism to a stop

•  Control, indicating and interlock functions at the end of the openingmovement:

−  Auxiliary switch 70.21 Which is coupled to main shaft 70.12 has bro-ken the opening release coil circuit and made the closing circuit.Thus any further electrical actuation of the opening release coil isprevented; an electrical closing operation is again possible.

−  A lever (not shown) controlled by main shaft 70.12 has again en-abled closing latch 70.05 for a subsequent closing operation. Thecircuit breaker can be closed mechanically.

−  Circuit breaker position indicator 70.52 has been turned to the O po-

sition with the main shaft.

•  Circuit breaker and operating mechanism are in operating state 2

Operating state 2: steady

Motor Closing  Opening

•  The circuit breaker is ready for closing.

Page 74: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 74/274

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 75: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 75/274

Description and operation

Switch operating mechanism(s)

M14--005EN051/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

Introduction   CMK --type electrical controls are used for the bus bar, earthing switch and

starting switch mechanisms.

Covering and controlplate

 A covering allows to protect the group.Open door, there is an equipped controlplate comprising :

-- interlocking,

-- optical indicator,

-- a hole closed by a shutter controlled by manual commutator allowingalso to operate the mechanism by emergency crank + tip,  (excepted forstarting switch for which access is blocked).

Motorisation andservo control sec-tions

The control mechanism :

-- A low--powered AC motor, supplied by an AC source.

-- A reducing gearbox in a sealed, lubricant--filled housing.The top of the output drive shaft from the reducing gearbox is attached to theend--stop controls and a sprocket on the very end which in turn is connectedto the optical indicator via a chain.

-- A block of auxiliary contacts is fittedto each side of the end--of--travel stops.

Page 76: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 76/274

Description and operation

Switch operating mechanism(s)

M14--005EN052/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Operation

Principle   Using the various keys in the corresponding order to open the locks will

free the locking plate One the order has been given, the motor will provide adirect drive to the gearbox assembly, which in turn will drive :

D  In the upper section, the auxiliary contacts and optical indicator.

D  In the lower section, the line--break switch linkage rod operating mechan-ism.

Page 77: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 77/274

Description and operation

Switch operating mechanism(s)

M14--005EN053/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

A breakdown of the Operating Mechanism

9

2

16

15

10

13

12

12

17

9

7--8

4--51

6

314

11

Marked Description

1 Cover

2 Motor

3 Reducing Gearbox

4 Gearbox Output Shaft

5 Sprocket

6 Drive Chain

7 Mechanical end--stop cam

8 Mechanical end--stops9 Indicator contacts

10 Interlock position cam

11 Interlocks

12 Interlock position contacts

13 Manual lock

14 Backup control lever + tip

15 Optical Indicator

16 Connecters

17 Heating

Page 78: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 78/274

Description and operation

Switch operating mechanism(s)

M14--005EN054/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 79: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 79/274

Description and operation

SF6 gas monitoring

M20--002EN031/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

Introduction   The circuit--breaker uses pressurized SF6 gas as electric arc quenching gas.

The SF6 gas pressure monitoring is essential to assure the circuit--breakerperformances.

Principle   There is two SF6 gas pressure monitoring types :

D  Permanent monitoring with the help a threshold densimeter.

D  Periodic monitoring (option) with the help a pressure gauge.

Symbols   CEI symbols for the apparatus technical characteristics.

Symbol Designation pre   Filling rated pressure for the insulation.

 pae   Alarm pressure for the insulation.

 pme   Minimal pressure for the insulation.

In this module   This module contains the following topics :

Topic Page

Threshold densimeter 2

Pressure gauge (optional) 3Gaz pressure and density 4

Pressure measurement 5

Measuring density 6

Example of the filling pressure calculation 7

Calculation of the filling pressure at site 8

Values of the SF6 gas pressures in accordancewith the temperature

9

Page 80: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 80/274

Description and operation

SF6 gas monitoring

M20--002EN032/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Threshold densimeter

Function   Permanent SF6 gas density monitoring.

Localization   The threshold densimeter (1) is installed onto the control block (2) situated onthe first pole.

1

1

horizontal assembling

vertical assembling

2

2

1

2

FKG1

horizontal assembling

FKG2

FKG2

Working   The densimeter is fitted with two internal contacts. These contacts close suc-cessively if the gas’s density diminishes and determine 2 distinct thresholds.These contacts are wired to the terminal block inside the cubicle and are usu-ally left at the user’s disposal for the following use :

D  Alarm pressure ” pae” acts as a warning (topping up necessary).

D  Minimum fonctional pressure for insulation ” pme” must be used either tolock the circuit--breaker in position or to cause automatic opening. The optionis chosen by the client in keeping with operating requirements.

 All the circuit--breaker’s rated performances are guaranteed up to the mini-mum specified ambient temperature andthe minimum fonctional pressure forinsulation ” pme”.

Page 81: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 81/274

Description and operation

SF6 gas monitoring

M20--002EN033/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Pressure gauge

Function   Visual SF6 gas pressure information.

Description   The pressure gauge is made up of a dial (3).The tube (4) links the filling block to the circuit--breaker gas volume.

4

3

4

3

DILO STAUBLI

Localization   The pressure gauge is fixed onto the filling block, at a visible place for the con-trol.

Page 82: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 82/274

Description and operation

SF6 gas monitoring

M20--002EN034/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Gas pressure and density

Introduction   The electrical characteristics of switchgear depend on the density of SF6 gas

i.e. the mass of gas pumped into a compartment of a given capacity.

Constanttemperature

 At constant temperature, an increase of gas density results in a higher gaspressure against the walls of compartment.

Constant density   At constant density, with an invariable compartment volume, the pressurechanges in the same way as the temperature. Since the gas density remainsinvariable owing to the fact that no modification occurs in the quantity of gasor the volume of the relevant compartment, the electrical characteristics of theswitchgear will remain unchanged.

Conclusion   Since it is difficult to measure the gas density directly, it is essential to knowaccurately its absolute pressure and temperature.

Page 83: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 83/274

Description and operation

SF6 gas monitoring

M20--002EN035/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Pressure measurement

Effective pressure ?

Absolute pressure ?

Absolute pressure = effective pressure + atmospheric pressure

Pressure Description Diagram

Effective

The pressure of SF6   gas is mea-sured by of a standard pressuregauge witha deformable diaphragmactuating an indicating pointer.One surface of the diaphragm is incontact with the SF6 gas, while theother is in contact with the atmo-sphere. The difference between thegas and the atmosphere is thus

measured, taking atmosphericpressure as a reference. This is themeasurement of the effective pres-sure of the SF6 gas.

SF6

 Atmospheric pressure

Standard pressure gauge

Absolute

If the deformable diaphragm, onesurface of which is in contact withthe SF6 gas, blocks a volume wherea vacuum has been developed, thepressure gauge measures the pres-

sure difference between that of theSF6 gas and the vacuum. Since thelatter is zero, the pressure gaugemeasures the absolute pressure of the gas.The absolute pressure of the SF6

gas, independent of atmosphericpressure, reflects the quantity of gas introduced into the compart-ment and hence its density at thepresent temperature.This is measured by means of anabsolute pressure gauge which is

less generally used and more deli-cate than a effective pressuregauge. This is the reason why a ef-fective pressure gauge is used, pro-vision being made for correctionsrequired by atmospheric   pressurevariations resulting from atmo-spheric disturbances and differ-ences of elevation.

SF6

Vacuum volume

 Absolutepressure gauge

Page 84: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 84/274

Description and operation

SF6 gas monitoring

M20--002EN036/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Measuring density

Pressure units   D   The international unit pressure is the Pascal (Pa), and hectopascal (hPa)used for atmospheric pressure measurements.

D  The practical unit is the bar (14.503 p.s.i.)

1 bar = 1 000 hPa = 14.5 psi1 bar = 100 kPa10 bar = 1 MPa

D   Standard atmospheric pressure is equal to 1,013 hPa at sea level and anair temperature of 20°C (68°F).

Measuring density   When it is not possible to directly measure density, this maybe checked usingan industrial pressure gauge capable of measuring the effective pressure.

 An effective pressure value corresponds to the rated density, determined fornormal atmospheric pressure (1,013 hPa) and an ambient temperature of 20°C (68°F).For each pressure reading (filling, inspection of densimeter thresholds...), therated effective pressure should be corrected according to the ambient tem-perature and atmospheric pressure of the site at the time thereading is taken.The real pressure is therefore :

Preal =  Prated effective in accordance with temperature + ΔPp *

 *  ΔPp :  correction in accordance with atmospheric pressure.

Page 85: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 85/274

Description and operation

SF6 gas monitoring

M20--002EN037/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Example of the filling pressure calculation

Example   Determination of the circuit--breaker’s filling pressure with SF6 gas.

Parameters Values

 preSF6 gas

rated effective pressuredown to --25°C

0,75 MPa

 Ambient temperature   5°C

Local atmospheric pressure   93,2 kPa

SF6 gas filling   The table below gives the calculation steps of the pure SF6 filling pressure :

Step Action Result

1 Inthe chart “Values of the SF6 gaseffective pressures in accordancewith the temperature”, read the pre

value on the t°C = 5 row.

0,695 MPa

2 Calculate the differenceof the at-mospheric pressure :0,1013 -- 0.0932

0,0081 MPa

3 Calculate the rated effective pres-sure  pre   :

0,695 + 0.0081

0,7031 MPa

4 Filling is carried out to the calcu-lated pressure, plus 0.01 MPa,that is to say : 0,7031 + 0.01

Pure SF6 gas filling pressure0,7131 MPa

Page 86: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 86/274

Description and operation

SF6 gas monitoring

M20--002EN038/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Calculation of the filling pressure at site

Measurement   Write down the result measurement into the corresponding box :

Measure the atmospheric pressure in MPa.   A   ,

Measure the ambient temperature in   °C.   B

Calculation of thepure SF6 gas fillingpressure

Transfer the values into the corresponding box and write down the result :

With the help of the table “Values of the SF 6 gaseffective pressures in accordance with the temperature”,

determine the value “ pre“ in accordance withthe ambient temperature (B) "

 pre

C   ,

Value of the reference atmospheric pressure in MPa   D 0   ,   1 0 1

Transfer the value of the local atmospheric pressure(A) "   A -- ,

Calculate the difference of the atmospheric pressure(D -- A) "   E   ,

Transfer the value (C) "

C+ ,

Calculate the rated effective pressure(E + C) "   F   ,

The filling with SF6 gas is carried outto the calculated pressure, plus 0.01 MPa,   +   0 ,   0 1

(F + 0,01)   "   G   ,

Page 87: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 87/274

Description and operation

SF6 gas monitoring

M20--002EN039/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

 Values of the SF6 gas effective pressures in accordance with the temperature

Rated pressure

0.75 MPadown to --25°C

Values of theSF6 gas effective pressures (MPa) corrected in accordance with

temperature for an atmospheric pressure of 101.3 kPa :

t_C   pre   pae   pme   t_C   pre   pae   pme

--25   0,584 0,500 0,477   18   0,743 0,634 0,604

--24   0,588 0,503 0,480   19   0,746 0,637 0,607

--23   0,591 0,506 0,483   20   0,75 0,64 0,61

--22   0,595 0,509 0,486   21   0,754 0,643 0,613

--21   0,599 0,512 0,489   22   0,757 0,646 0,616

--20   0,602 0,516 0,492   23   0,761 0,649 0,619

--19   0,606 0,519 0,495   24   0,765 0,652 0,622

--18   0,610 0,522 0,498   25   0,768 0,656 0,625

--17   0,613 0,525 0,501   26   0,772 0,659 0,628

--16   0,617 0,528 0,504   27   0,776 0,662 0,631

--15   0,621 0,531 0,507   28   0,780 0,665 0,634

--14   0,625 0,534 0,509   29   0,783 0,668 0,637

--13   0,628 0,537 0,512   30   0,787 0,671 0,640

--12   0,632 0,540 0,515   31   0,791 0,674 0,643

--11   0,636 0,544 0,518   32   0,794 0,677 0,645

--10   0,639 0,547 0,521   33   0,798 0,680 0,648

--9   0,643 0,550 0,524   34   0,802 0,684 0,651

--8   0,647 0,553 0,527   35   0,805 0,687 0,654

--7   0,650 0,556 0,530   36   0,809 0,690 0,657

--6   0,654 0,559 0,533   37   0,813 0,693 0,660--5   0,658 0,562 0,536   38   0,816 0,696 0,663

--4   0,661 0,565 0,539   39   0,820 0,699 0,666

--3   0,665 0,568 0,542   40   0,824 0,702 0,669

--2   0,669 0,572 0,545   41   0,827 0,705 0,672

--1   0,673 0,575 0,548   42   0,831 0,708 0,675

0   0,676 0,578 0,551   43   0,835 0,712 0,678

1   0,680 0,581 0,554   44   0,839 0,715 0,681

2   0,684 0,584 0,557   45   0,842 0,718 0,684

3   0,687 0,587 0,560   46   0,846 0,721 0,687

4   0,691 0,590 0,563   47   0,850 0,724 0,690

5   0,695 0,593 0,566   48   0,853 0,727 0,693

6   0,698 0,596 0,569   49   0,857 0,730 0,6967   0,702 0,600 0,572   50   0,861 0,733 0,699

8   0,706 0,603 0,575   51   0,864 0,736 0,702

9   0,709 0,606 0,577   52   0,868 0,740 0,705

10   0,713 0,609 0,580   53   0,872 0,743 0,708

11   0,717 0,612 0,583   54   0,875 0,746 0,711

12   0,720 0,615 0,586   55   0,879 0,749 0,713

13   0,724 0,618 0,589   56   0,883 0,752 0,716

14   0,728 0,621 0,592   57   0,887 0,755 0,719

15   0,732 0,624 0,595   58   0,890 0,758 0,722

16   0,735 0,628 0,598   59   0,894 0,761 0,725

17   0,739 0,631 0,601   60   0,898 0,764 0,728

Page 88: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 88/274

Description and operation

SF6 gas monitoring

M20--002EN0310/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

 Values of the SF6 gas effective pressures in accordance with the temperature

Rated pressure0.85 MPa

down to --25°C

Values of theSF6 gas effective pressures (MPa) corrected in accordance withtemperature for an atmospheric pressure of 101.3 kPa :

t_C   pre   pae   pme   t_C   pre   pae   pme

--25   0,685 0,575 0,571   18   0,844 0,707 0,695

--24   0,689 0,578 0,573   19   0,848 0,710 0,698

--23   0,693 0,582 0,576   20   0,851 0,713 0,701

--22   0,696 0,585 0,579   21   0,855 0,716 0,704

--21   0,700 0,588 0,582   22   0,859 0,720 0,707

--20   0,704 0,591 0,585   23   0,862 0,723 0,710

--19   0,707 0,594 0,588   24   0,866 0,727 0,713

--18   0,711 0,597 0,591   25   0,870 0,731 0,716

--17   0,715 0,600 0,594   26   0,873 0,735 0,719

--16   0,718 0,603 0,597   27   0,877 0,738 0,722

--15   0,722 0,606 0,600   28   0,881 0,742 0,725

--14   0,726 0,609 0,602   29   0,885 0,746 0,727

--13   0,730 0,612 0,605   30   0,888 0,749 0,730

--12   0,733 0,615 0,608   31   0,892 0,753 0,733

--11   0,737 0,618 0,611   32   0,896 0,757 0,736

--10   0,741 0,621 0,614   33   0,899 0,760 0,739

--9   0,744 0,624 0,617   34   0,903 0,764 0,742

--8   0,748 0,627 0,620   35   0,907 0,768 0,745

--7   0,752 0,630 0,623   36   0,910 0,771 0,748

--6   0,755 0,633 0,626   37   0,914 0,775 0,751

--5   0,759 0,637 0,629   38   0,918 0,779 0,754--4   0,763 0,640 0,632   39   0,921 0,782 0,757

--3   0,766 0,643 0,634   40   0,925 0,786 0,759

--2   0,770 0,646 0,637   41   0,929 0,790 0,762

--1   0,774 0,649 0,640   42   0,932 0,794 0,765

0   0,778 0,652 0,643   43   0,936 0,797 0,768

1   0,781 0,655 0,646   44   0,940 0,801 0,771

2   0,785 0,658 0,649   45   0,944 0,805 0,774

3   0,789 0,661 0,652   46   0,947 0,808 0,777

4   0,792 0,664 0,655   47   0,951 0,812 0,780

5   0,796 0,667 0,658   48   0,955 0,816 0,783

6   0,800 0,670 0,661   49   0,958 0,819 0,786

7   0,803 0,673 0,664   50   0,962 0,823 0,7888   0,807 0,676 0,666   51   0,966 0,827 0,791

9   0,811 0,679 0,669   52   0,969 0,830 0,794

10   0,814 0,682 0,672   53   0,973 0,834 0,797

11   0,818 0,685 0,675   54   0,977 0,838 0,800

12   0,822 0,689 0,678   55   0,980 0,842 0,803

13   0,825 0,692 0,681   56   0,984 0,845 0,806

14   0,829 0,695 0,684   57   0,988 0,849 0,809

15   0,833 0,698 0,687   58   0,992 0,853 0,812

16   0,837 0,701 0,690   59   0,995 0,856 0,815

17   0,840 0,704 0,693   60   0,999 0,860 0,818

Page 89: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 89/274

Packaging -- Shipping and storage

Packaging -- Identification -- Storage

S22--001EN051/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

Introduction   Thepole are filled with SF6 gas for transport purposes to an effectivepressure

of 0,03 MPa at 20C (101.3 kPa).

In this module   This module contains the following topics :

Topic Page

Packaging 2

Identifying sub-- assemblies and their packaging 3

Storage    2 years 4

Storage > 2 years 5

Page 90: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 90/274

Packaging -- Shipping and storage

Packaging -- Identification -- Storage

S22--001EN052/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Packaging

Introduction   For transport, the different parts of the apparatus are divided--up between

several cases :

D   A case containing the poles vacuum--wrapped in a protective bag contain-ing desiccants.

D   The SF6 bottle(s).

D  A case containing assembly products (grease, oil, etc.) required for instal-lation.

Page 91: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 91/274

Packaging -- Shipping and storage

Packaging -- Identification -- Storage

S22--001EN053/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Identifying sub --assemblies and their packaging

Introduction   Each circuit--breaker sub--assembly (poles, operating mechanism, etc.) is

identified by a plate giving its reference numbers.These numbers are marked on the packaging cases of each sub--assembly.

Example of markingand identifying

-- Manufacturer reference No. = 100 928

-- Circuit--breaker identification No. 1

-- Pole No. 1

100 928 0010

01 01

100 928 0010no SÉRIE

Rep. 1

MARKING OFPACKAGING CASES

IDENTIFICATION OF SUB--AS-SEMBLIES AND TOOLING

CIRCUIT--BREAKERIDENTIFICATION No.

MANUFACTURERREFERENCE No.

CASE No.

1

Page 92: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 92/274

Packaging -- Shipping and storage

Packaging -- Identification -- Storage

S22--001EN054/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Storage   2 years

Introduction   The storage procedures defined below are for storage times of less than 2years. For longer periods, specialpackaging must be designed and appropri-ate procedures devised.

Short--term storage(6 months)

The table below indicate how to stock the main components of the circuit---breaker for a medium--term storage :

Component Storage

Protective bag in good condition(vacuum--wrapped)

The apparatus must be stored with itstransport packaging open whilstplaced on beams in a closed, but ven-

tilated, flood--proof place.

Protective bag not vacuum---wrapped (teared)

The apparatus must be stored onbeams in a closed, but ventilated,flood--proof place, placed on beamsin stable transport position, packingopen.In order to prevent corrosion damagedue to formation of condensation, it ismandatory that the heating circuit beswitched on.

Medium--term storage(less than 2 years)

The apparatus must be stored on beams in a closed, but ventilated, flood---proof place, placed on beams in stable transport position, packing open.

D   In order to prevent corrosion damage due to formation of condensation, itis mandatory that the heating circuit be switched on.

D   Check for presence of SF6 gas in poles (referto module “Checking forpres-ence of SF6 gas in poles”).

PROTECT THE ELECTRICAL CABINET AGAINST DUST. (THE ELEC-TRICAL CABINET MUST BE COVERED BUT NOT AIRTIGHT).

ANY CHANGE OF LOCATION OF THE APPARATUS (EVEN AFTER COM-MISSIONING) SHOULD BE DONE AT A REDUCED PRESSURE OF0.03 MPa.

Page 93: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 93/274

Packaging -- Shipping and storage

Packaging -- Identification -- Storage

S22--001EN055/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Storage > 2 years

Closed and protected

storage area

The material has to be installed in a suitable room and in the same conditions

as an operational item of equipment (fixing to the floor, SF6 gas filling at theassigned filling pressure for pre  isolation).

D  The anti--condensation resistance of cabinets and controls to be con-nected.

NOTE   : When the cabinet has no anti--condensation resistance, stor-age has to take place in a room where there are no significant temper-ature variations.

D   It is advisable to carry out at least 2 CO cycles with SF6 gas at rated pres-sure every 6 months following the procedure below in order to check the cor-rect operation of the circuit breaker:

Step Action

1 Check the SF6 gas pressure. The SF6 gas pressure for mechanicaloperation is Pre (rated pressure).

NOTE   : No mechanical operation authorized with SF6   pressure   Pme.

2 Close the supply circuit to the resetting motor (the motor starts andset the closing spring).

3 Carry out 2 CO cycle, the equipment is in the ”OPEN” position withthe closing spring set and the opening spring released.

4   Stop the resetting motor supply circuit.

5 Perform 1 new CO cycle. The equipment is then inthe ”OPEN”posi-tion, with closing and opening springs released.

Continued on next page.

Page 94: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 94/274

Packaging -- Shipping and storage

Packaging -- Identification -- Storage

S22--001EN056/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Storage > 2 years,  continued

Closed and protected

storage area continuedD  Check the densimeter contact threshold every five years (see ”Checkingthe contact densimeter threshold”).

D   Measure the contact resistance every 5 years (see ”Main circuit resistancemeasurements”).

PROTECTTHEELECTRICALCABINETAGAINSTDUST(THEELECTRI-CAL CABINET MUST BE COVERED BUT NOT AIRTIGHT).

ANY CHANGE OF LOCATION OF THE APPARATUS (EVEN AFTER COM-MISSIONING) SHOULD BE DONE AT A REDUCED PRESSURE OF0.03 MPa.

Page 95: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 95/274

Packaging -- Shipping and storage

Cases identification

G25--001EN021/2

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Fully circuit breaker

Diagram

87

2

6   5

4

1

3

FKG1

Components   The following table lists the principle components of the fully circuit breaker:

Mark Component

1 Anchoring

2 Frame support

3 Circuit breaker

4 Cables boxes

5 Sun sheild

6 Lifting girder

7 SF6 bottle8 Transport case

Page 96: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 96/274

Packaging -- Shipping and storage

Cases identification

G25--001EN022/2

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 97: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 97/274

Installation

Erection general instructions

S30--001EN031/2

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Erection general instructions

Instructions

of environment

The table below gives the instructions of environment to respect for the erec-

tion :

Instruction Comment

 A

Verify the Civil engineering work : dimensions,levels of concrete pads (structure fixation), inaccordance with the tolerances given by Civilwork standards (refer to device outline).

B  Avoid any dust production and masonry work

during erection of the device.

Erectioninstructions

The table below gives the instructions to respect for proper erection of the cir-cuit--breaker :

Instruction Comment

1

Read all the “Installation” modules completelybefore beginning erection works.The erection instructions describe all the proce-dures to be carried out as well as their chrono-

logical order.

2

The shipping case should be open as requiredduring erection procedures.CAUTION : Respect sub--assemblies iden-tification.

3  Respect references to other modules,

i.e. :“Bolting and Tightening torquesI”.

Warning   No responsibility is taken over by ALSTOM Grid. for damages and distur-bances resulting out of non--adherence to the “Installation” modules.

Page 98: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 98/274

Installation

Erection general instructions

S30--001EN032/2

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 99: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 99/274

Installation

Bolting and Tightening torques

S31--001EN051/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

Introduction   In the assembling with screws, all the fastening screws must be “greased” be-

fore torque tightening.

Products used   The table below gives the list of theused products for thescrews before tight-ening :

Designation ALSTOM itemreference

Supplier Supplier itemreference

Grease  --01835208

(1kg box)  MOBIL OIL MOBILPLEX 47

Contact Grease  --01835104

(1kg box)NEUTRALVASELINE

Contact grease  --01835118

(200g tube)  EPMF

  CONTACTALHPG

Silicon grease  --01835265

(100g tube)  SAMARO MOLYKOTE 111

Glue  --01818327

(250ml)  LOCTITE LOCTITE 225

In this module   This module contains the following topics :

Topic Page

Screw greasing before tightening 2

Tightening torques values 3

Page 100: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 100/274

Installation

Bolting and Tightening torques

S31--001EN052/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Screw greasing before tightening

Choice of the

product to use

The table below gives the product to use for the screws before tightening de-

pending on the assembling type :

If assembling ... Product to use ...

usual MOBILPLEX 47

electrical connections NEUTRAL VASELINE

with seals

Can bedismantled ?

  Product ...

 YES MOLYKOTE 111

NO LOCTITE 225

Where to applythe product ?

The table below indicates the part of the screws to treat with the appropriateproduct before tightening depending on the assembling type :

If assembling... With screws With bolts

usual

electrical connections

Tapping or threading

Tapping or threadingwith seals

Page 101: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 101/274

Installation

Bolting and Tightening torques

S31--001EN053/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Tightening torques values

 Values table   The tool and the tightening method must be such that the torque actually ap-

plied to the screw head corresponds with the reference torque shown in thetable below, to within a tolerance of   ±   20%.

TIGHTENING TORQUESin daN.m

STEEL SCREWS

CLASS 6.8

orSTAINLESS A2--70, A4--70

CLASS 8.8

orSTAINLESS A2--80, A4--80

M2,5   0,05 0,06

M3   0,09 0,11

M4   0,19 0,26

M5   0,38 0,51

M6   0,66 0,88

M8   1,58 2,11

M10   3,20 4,27

M12   4,97 6,63

M14   8,67 11,56

M16   13,42 17,90

M20   26,22 34,98

M24   45,68 60,93

M30   90,44 120,65

Example   For a theorical torque of 5 daN.m, the tightening torque can be applied from4 daN.m to 6daN.m.

Page 102: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 102/274

Installation

Bolting and Tightening torques

S31--001EN054/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 103: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 103/274

Installation

Checking for presence of SF6 gas in poles

G31--061EN041/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

Introduction   Thepole are filled with SF6 gas for transport purposes to an effectivepressure

of 0,03 MPa at 20°C (101.3 kPa).

In this module   This module contains the following topics :

Topic Page

Pole checking when the cases are opened on the site 2

Checking for presence of SF6 gas in poles 3

Page 104: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 104/274

Installation

Checking for presence of SF6 gas in poles

G31--061EN042/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Pole checking when the cases are opened at site

Preparing the pole   Remove the cover and the side panels of the case. Remove partially packag-

ingprotection to free the housing to can reach thefilling device into theoperat-ing mechanism..

.FKG1N/F/X/XV/XW

 Visual inspectionof the pôles

It is of prime importance that the presence of SF6 gas in pole beverified before going any further with installation.

SF6 three phasechecking   or

  SF6 one phasechecking

FK3--12

Page 105: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 105/274

Installation

Checking for presence of SF6 gas in poles

G31--061EN043/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Checking for presence of SF6 gas in poles

Process   Thetablebelow gives the steps of checking for presence of SF6 gas inpoles :

Step Action Diagram

1 Remove the plug (1) and installthefilling tool (3), tighten thefill-ing tool BY HAND.

3

1

2   D  Remove the plug (4).

D   Connect the tube (5) -- of thegauge 0--1 MPa (6) -- to the fil-ling tool (3).

 ** If, as foreseen, presence of gas has been verified carry onwith assembly.

 ** If, unlikely as this is, thereis a no gas pressure contactour customer service.

4   5

6

3

3   D   Replace the valve--cap (4)and remove the filling tool (3).

D  Re--install the plug (1).

3

4

4 daN.m

1

Page 106: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 106/274

Installation

Checking for presence of SF6 gas in poles

G31--061EN044/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 107: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 107/274

Installation

Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure

for intervention

G31--080EN051/10

06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

NOTE :   THIS INSTALLATION PROCEDURE IS APPLICABLE FOR A FKG1N / F

 / X TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER

Introduction   The roofs (covers) of the circuit breaker are differents between :

D  breaker with cooling system,

D  breaker without cooling system.

In this module   This module contains the following topics :

Topic Page

Isolating the apparatus 2Removing the covers without cooling system (FKG1N) 3

Removing the covers with cooling system (FKG1F/X) 4

Re--install the covers without cooling system (FKG1N) 6

Re--install the covers with cooling system (FKG1F/X) 7

Page 108: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 108/274

Installation

Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure

for intervention

G31--080EN052/10

06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Isolating the apparatus

Caution   DURING MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS ALL POSSIBLE SAFETY PRE-

CAUTIONS SHOULD BE TAKEN TO PROTECT PERSONNEL WORKINGON THE EQUIPMENT.

Reminder   The inspection and overhaul operations described in this section should al-ways be performed with the apparatus isolated, in other words :

D   main circuit “de-energized”,circuit--breaker “open”disconnector “open”

D  starting disconnector “open” (if applicable),

D  grounding of each extremity,

E.S in closed position (1 or 2).D  mechanically and electrically out of service.

Caution   The covers and sun-visor should be placed with enclosures, separately andon a flat surface.

Caution   During maintenance operations, two persons can rise simultaneously on theenclosures covers. The maximum load not to be exceeded is 200kg.

Caution   IF THESE SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS OR THOSE IN FORCE ON THE SITEWHERE EQUIPMENT IS BEING INSTALLED ARE IGNORED, THE PER-SONNEL MAY BE ENDANGERED.

Page 109: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 109/274

Installation

Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure

for intervention

G31--080EN053/10

06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Removing covers without cooling system, (If applicable).

Remove covers   Remove the covers by attaching slings to the lifting rings.

HM10--40

x36

.A

.B

.A

.B

 x 2

Page 110: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 110/274

Installation

Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure

for intervention

G31--080EN054/10

06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Removing covers with cooling system, (If applicable).

Sun sheild disassem-

bly (if applicable)

Sun sheild assembly (disassembly) of circuit--breaker on site.

. A

...31 --35.

Sun sheild assembly

 VS...GAD01D

Circuit-breaker

General arrangement

. A

. A

FKG1F

FKG1X

Introduction   Before to remove the cover :

D  Disconnect the voltage connection braid (A).

D  Disconnect the Serflex (B) collar.

.A

.B

.B

.A

.B

Continued on next page.

Page 111: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 111/274

Installation

Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure

for intervention

G31--080EN055/10

06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Disassembly covers with cooling system, continued (If applicable).

Removal of

the covers

 A – Remove the cover plates and the seals between the half covers,

B – Remove the crown from the gasket ringC -- Remove the half covers from the enclosure.

.A   .C

x6

HM8--30

HM8

x24

.B

.A

.A

.A

.C

x8x18

.B

.B

1F / 1X

x6x10x16

x48

HM10--40

1F / 1X

x40

1F/1X

x1

Removal of thecovers (continued)

Remove the half--covers with the aid of lifting strap.

.A

.A

 x 2

Continued on next page.

Page 112: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 112/274

Installation

Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure

for intervention

G31--080EN056/10

06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Re--install covers without cooling system,  (If applicable).

Cleen enclosure

indside

Before re-installing of covers :

D  check inside encolure cleanness, no outsider body (tools, pieces...).

D  Cleen and sweep up hoover enclosure inside.

Re-install coverswithoutcooling system

Re-install of covers with tighten the screws to their required torque, and pro-ceed with preparation of electrical contacts (see ...31--501).

.A

.BHM10--40

x36

.A

.BCAUTION

check enclosu-re/cover mar-

king.

 x 2

Continued on next page.

Page 113: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 113/274

Installation

Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure

for intervention

G31--080EN057/10

06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Re--install covers with cooling system, continued (If applicable).

Cleen enclosure

indside

Before re-installing of covers :

D  check inside encolure cleanness, no outsider body (tools, pieces...).

D  Cleen and sweep up hoover enclosure inside.

Re--install covers   On the enclosure, position the half--covers with the aid of the lifting strap.

.A

.A

 x 2

Continued on next page.

Page 114: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 114/274

Installation

Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure

for intervention

G31--080EN058/10

06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Re--install covers with cooling system, continued (If applicable).

Remounting

the covers(continued)

Remounting the covers, with the bolting tightened to torque, and by applying

the procedure “Connections with preparation of the electrical contact sur-faces” (See...31--501).

 A -- Fix the half covers on to the enclosure,B – Fix the crown on the gasket ring,C – Fit the seals between the half covers, and fix the cover plates.

.B

Return the extremity of the seals in the covers

notch

.C

HM8

3.2 daNm1.6 daNm

1.6 daNm

.A

.C

.B

.A

.B

.A

x6

HM8--30

x8x18

1F / 1X

x6x10

x16

x24

1F/1X

x2

x48

HM10--40

1F / 1X

x40

Page 115: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 115/274

Installation

Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure

for intervention

G31--080EN059/10

06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Re--install covers without cooling system,  (If applicable).

Introduction   After fitting the cover :

D  Connect the voltage connection braid (A)

D  Tighten the Serflex collar (B).

.A+B

.B

.B

.A

.B

Sun sheild assembly(if applicable)

Sun sheild assembly of circuit--breaker on site.

Refer to the procedure “Sun sheild assembly on the GCB of at site”, see sum-mary for reference (...31-35.),

. A

...31 --35.

Sun sheild assembly

 VS...GAD01D

Circuit-breaker

General arrangement

. A

. A

FKG1F

FKG1X

Page 116: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 116/274

Installation

Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure

for intervention

G31--080EN0510/10

06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 117: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 117/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN121/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

NOTE :   THIS INSTALLATION PROCEDURE IS APPLICABLE FOR A FKG1N,FKG1F, FKG1X / XP / XV / XW TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER (heat sink notrepresented here)

Necessary product   Grease MOBILPLEX 47 (screws greasing)

Necessary ALSTOMGrid tools

List of the ALSTOM Grid tools necessary for the installing :

Illustration Description Number

FKG1N/FX/XP/XV/XW

Lifting tool 1

Length = 6mLoad = 1 T

Lifting strap(Not suppliedby ALSTOM

Grid)

2

Lifting equipment   Provide for an adequate means of lifting (daN) (see VS...GAD01D).

Process   The following table gives the stages for installation of the circuit breaker :

Step Topic Page

 A Inspecting civil engineering works 2

B Identifying the circuit--breaker (if several)   * 

C Installing the lifting girder 4D Installing the circuit--breaker -- Step 1 5

E Insulation control 9

F Installing the circuit--breaker -- Step 2 10

G Installing the circuit--breaker -- Step 3 12

H Tests pre--commissioning 15

I Safety instructions for busbar dielectric test(IF APPLICABLE)

16

J Safety instructions for return to initial state after busbardielectric test (IF APPLICABLE)

17

K Installing the circuit--breaker -- Step 4 19

 *  Refer to “Packaging -- Identification -- Storage”.

Page 118: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 118/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN122/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Inspecting civil engineering works

Rewinder   AVOID ANY DUST PRODUCTION AND MASSORY WORK DURING CIR-

CUIT--BREAKER ERECTION.

Check the distancesbetween axles of ex-ixting busbars

Check the values for X, Y, and Z, distances between axles of exixting busbarsand dimensioning of bay’s attachment points with sighting gear(see VS...GAD01D).

 VS...GAD01D

Circuit-breaker

General arrangement

frame and cubi-cle fixation points

Evenness of theCivil EngineeringStructures

Using shims, adjust the differences in evenness of the concrete structureswith a tolerance of:± 1mm, and with a shims’ height adjustment differenceof: 0 + 15mm

Page 119: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 119/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN123/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Checking for presence of SF6 gas before assembly

Check for presence of

SF6.

Check for presence of SF6 used for transportation.

. A

G31--061

Checking for presenceof gas...

. A

Page 120: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 120/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN124/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the lifting tool

Initial Requirements   NEVER HANDLE OR SLING THE CIRCUIT BREAKER OR POLES FROM

UNDER THE SHEATHES.ALWAYS USE THE SLINGING/LIFTING POINTS BELOW.

Handling   Installing the lifting tool

 x 4

Site attaching tool

CAUTION! Adjust the bal-

ance

Page 121: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 121/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN125/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 1

Positionning   Present the assembly to the floor on its anchoring points after having added

10 mm of shims under the frame/ controls assembly.

. A

 VS...GAD01D

Circuit-breakerGeneral arrangement

.A

Fixing to the ground

and checks flatness

Z = IPB axis to the ground

-- Pre--tightening of fixings.-- Check the levels by using a viewing lens (insert shims if required evenness

±  1mm), and tightening to the required torque levels.

.A

 VS...GAD01D

Circuit-breaker

General arrangement

Z

evenness

±  1mm

Continued on next page.

Page 122: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 122/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN126/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 1,  continued

Fastening onto the

ground wtth spacers

Z = IPB axis to the ground

Fixed support to their required torque (A, B,C,D) on the ground with thescrews V  (Not supplied by ALSTOM Grid See VS...GAD01D).

NOTE : Y  = Distance between phases : 

1500 : beams fitted with 2 feets and 2 supports> 1500 : beams fitted with 3 feets and 3 supports

 VS...GAD01D

Circuit-breakerGeneral arrangement

Z

 Y 

 Y 

B C D

CAUTION!CORRECT ADJUSTMENT CONDI-TIONS THE CORRECT FUNCTION-

ING OF THE EQUIPMENT.

C

D

x4

x4

x1x2

DB

 A

 A

 A  A

B

B

B

 A

Busbar central axis

11 daNm

SCREWS HM16

(NOT SUPPLIED BY

 ALSTOM Grid)

V

C

x6

 Y 

1500N/F/X/XP/-

XV/XW

 Y >1500

 A

 A

N/F/X

XP/XV/XW

x2

N/F/X/XP/-XV/XW

x3or

Continued on next page.

Page 123: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 123/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN127/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 1,  continued

Fastening onto the

ground wtth spacers

Z = IPB axis to the ground

Using a telescopic sight, level the circuit breaker assembly by adjusting,wherenecessary, evenness±1mmusing shims(between breaker supportsand spacers) and tighten to torque with the screws V (supplied by ALSTOMGrid).NOTE : Y  = Distance between phases :

 

1500 : beams fitted with 2 feets and 2 supports> 1500 : beams fitted with 3 feets and 3 supports

 VS...GAD01D

Circuit-breakerGeneral arrangement

Z

 Y 

 Y 

CAUTION!CORRECT ADJUSTMENT CONDI-TIONS THE CORRECT FUNCTION-

ING OF THE EQUIPMENT.

HM16 --70

11 daNm

evenness

± 1mm

V

Continued on next page.

Page 124: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 124/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN128/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 1,  continued

Removal of transport

tools.

Remove the 2 or 4 retaining brackets used during transport.

x2   N/F/X

XP/XV/XWx4

Remove covers   Remove the covers by attaching slings to the lifting rings (see G31--08.).

G31--080

Dismantling and reassemblyof the metal enclosure covers

(FKG1N/F).

G31--082

Dismantling and reassembly

of the metal enclosure covers

(FKG1XP/XV/XW).

Precaution, after cov-ers removal

ALL PRECAUTION SHALL BE TAKEN AFTER COVERS REMOVAL FORPROTECTION OF THE EQUIPMENT LOCATED INSIDE OF THE ENCLO-SURE.

CAUTION! :IT’S FORBIDDEN TO STEP ON OR PRESS THE INTERNALPART OF THE ENCLOSURE.

Continued on next page.

Page 125: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 125/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN129/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Control insulation

Process   Before continuing erection checking beetwen enclosure/fram insulation for

the 3 poles.

POLE EN-CLOSURE

POLEFRAME

FOR THE 3 POLES CHECK ENCLOSURE/FRAME INSULATION

R

INSULATINGBRACE

Page 126: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 126/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN1210/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 2

Instal side busbars

flexible connexions

Side busbars only install flexible connections. (see VS...GAD01D, and

...31-501, and ...31-001).Insert into C.B. enclosure the busbar equiped with the flexible connections.(VS...GAD01D, and ...37-1).

NOT SUPPLIED CONNECTING BRAIDSBY ALSTOM Grid

daNm

Continued on next page.

Page 127: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 127/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN1211/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 2, continued

Connection   Connection of circuit--breaker/busbar enclosures.

.   PROCEED WITH CONNECTION OF BAY/BUSBARENCLOSURES (OUTSIDE ALSTOM Grid SUPPLY RAN-GE) OTHERWISE TAKE ALL NECESSARIES PRECAU-TIONS FOR PROTECT THE EQUIPMENT

. ALL PRECAUTIONS MUST BE TAKEN AT THE TIMEOF ENCLOSURE CONNECTION IN ORDER TO PRO-TECT THE INTERNAL COMPONENT (VTs, CTs, ISOCOMPOSITE, ...) AND AVOID THE INSIDE ENCLOSUREPOLLUTION.

.DO NOT MODIFY THE ADJUSTMENTS REALIZED ONTHE BAY (ALTITUDE, LATITUDE).USE SLEEVES SO AS TO MAKE UP FOR COAXIALITY FAULTS.

CAUTION !

 VS...GAD01D

Circuit-breakerGeneral arrangement

CONNECTION SLEE-VES BUSBAR / BAY

ENCLOSURES (OUT-SIDE ALSTOM GridSUPPLY RANGE).

For connection withwelding

CAUTION! : WELDING OF ENCLOSURES EXCEPT PRESSURE

.ALL PRECAUTIONS MUST BE TAKEN AT THE TIME OF ENCLOSURECONNECTION IN ORDER specifically for the welding, TO PROTECTTHE INTERNAL COMPONENT (VTs, CTs, ISO COMPOSITE, ...) ANDAVOID THE INSIDE ENCLOSURE POLLUTION.

Page 128: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 128/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN1212/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 3

Connections   Carry out the joining up of the flexible connections as follows :

(See VS...GAD01D, ...31--501 and ...31--001)D  Prepare the contact surfaces on the braids, and the circuit breaker connec-tions.Refer to the procedure “Connections with preparation of electrical contactsurfaces”, see summary for reference (...31--501).

D  Assemble the braids, and tighten to torque.Refer to the procedure “Bolting and tightening torques”, see summary for ref-erence (...31--001).

. A

...31--501

FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS.SUPPLY FOLLOWING CUSTOMER

COMMAND(ORDER).

daNm

...31--001 VS...GAD01D

Circuit-breaker

General arrangement

. A

. A

 VS...GAD01D

Circuit-breaker

General arrangement

SCREWSSUPPLY FOLLOWING CUSTOMER

COMMAND(ORDER)

Continued on next page.

Page 129: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 129/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN1213/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 3, continued

Installion of LV 

cubicle into “Work-ing” position

Move the LV cubicle on its support using straps, from “transport” position to

“working” position.-- Procedure A   for circuit--breaker FKG1N/F/X

-- Procedure A + B  for circuit--breaker FKG1XP/XV/XW

 VS...GAD01D

Circuit-breaker

General arrangement

Hole N0 7Hole N0 1

“transport” position

“working” position

Hole N0 9Hole N0 1

Hole N0

3Hole N0

1

“transport” position

“working” position

Hole N0 1

FKG1N/F/X

FKG1XP/XV/XW

A

B

Page 130: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 130/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN1214/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 3, continued

Installing the ground

pads

Connect the earthing circuit to the earthing terminals on the chassis and

regrouping cabinet.

 VS...GAD01D

Circuit-breakerGeneral arrangement

Page 131: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 131/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN1215/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Tests pre--commissioning

Process   Before continning with assembly :

Filling with SF6 gas   PROCEED WITH FILLING WITH SF6 GAS (See...32--001).

Pre--commissioninginspection

PROCEED WITH THE TESTS AND CONTROLS PRIOR TO COMMIS-SIONING (See ...34--001).

IN ACCORDANCE WITH TEST REPORT PRIOR TO COMMISSIONING(See RES 337).

Page 132: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 132/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN1216/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Safety instructions for busbar dielectric test  (IF APPLICABLE)

REMINDER   ALSTOM Grid S.A. declines all responsibility for damages resulting

from no respect of here above recommendations

Immediate TestProcedures

If the dielectric test is planned for this phase of installation, it is essential tofollow the instructions below.

Procedure with a CT   D  Current transformer

-- at power frequency up to 50 kV RMS, each secondary winding must be ear-

thed.-- for a lightning impulse, it is recommended that you dismantle the CTs andremove them from the duct.

 VT Procedure   D  Potential transformer(s) with a fuse

It is imperative to :

-- remove the fuse,

-- dismantle the braid from the fuse--holder on the circuit breaker or discon-nector connections,

It is then imperative to :

-- place each secondary winding in an earthed and short--circuit configura-tion.

D  Potential transformer(s) without a fuse

It is imperative to :

-- dismantle the braid linking the P1/H1 (primary terminal) to the PT on thecircuit breaker or disconnector.

It is then imperative to :

-- place each secondary winding in an earthed and short--circuit configur-ation.

Procedure with

a capacitor

D   Capacitor

It is imperative to :-- disconnect and remove the capacitor, together with its braid, from the cir-cuit breaker.

Procedure with alightning arrester

D  Lightning arrester

It is imperative to :

-- disconnect and remove the lightning arrester, together with its braid, fromthe circuit breaker.

Page 133: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 133/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN1217/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Safety instructions for overhauling after the dielectric test,(IF APPLICABLE)

REMINDER   ALSTOM Grid S.A. declines anyliability for failures caused by the non---respect of these directives.

Procedure with a PT   D  Potential transformer(s) with a fuse

It is imperative to respect the order of assembly :

-- remove the short--circuit device from the secondary winding,

-- Re--assemble the fuse--holder braid to the circuit breaker or disconnectorconnections by applying the procedures for “preparation of the electrical con-tact surfaces” and “Bolting and tightening torques”,

-- Re--assemble the fuse.

D  Potential transformer(s) without a fuseIt is imperative to respect the order of assembly :

-- Remove the short--circuit device from the secondary winding,

-- Re--assemble the braid connecting the P1/H1 (primary terminal) of the PTto the circuit breaker or disconnector by applying the procedures “preparationof the electrical contact surfaces” and “Bolting and tightening torques”,

Procedure with acapacitor

D   Capacitor

Re--assemble by applying the procedures “Preparation of electrical con-tact surfaces” and “Bolting and tightening torques”.

Procedure with alightning arrester

D  Lightning arrester

Re--assemble by applying the procedures “Preparation of electrical con-tact surfaces” and “Bolting and tightening torques”.

Later scheduling

of the test

If the dielectric test is planned for later it is imperative to respect the following

instructions.

D  Protect the interior of the equipment by temporarily remounting the metalenclosure covers with all of the bolting in order to avoid pollution of the insideof the enclosure, without applying the procedures “Preparation of the electri-cal contact surfaces” and “Bolting and tightening torques”.

D  Following the dielectric test carried out later  whilst following the direc-tives of the “precautions for the equipment before dielectric testing”,continue the chronological order for assembly of the device as described inthe manual.

Page 134: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 134/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN1218/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the circuit breaker – Step 4,

Cleaning inside

the enclosure

Before re-assembling the covers :

D   Check the cleanliness inside of the enclosure, no foreign bodies (tools,parts etc.),

D  Vacuum clean and clean out the interior of the enclosures.

Remounting thecovers

Remove the covers as per the module (See G31--08.).

G31--080

Dismantling and reassembly

of the metal enclosure covers

(FKG1N/F).

G31--082

Dismantling and reassemblyof the metal enclosure covers

(FKG1XP/XV/XW).

Continued on next page.

Page 135: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 135/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN1219/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 4, continued(IF APPLICABLE)

Starting disconnector   Connecting of starting disconnector with/or without fuses.

...31--301

Connecting of starting

disconnector

. A

.A

 VS...GAD01D

Circuit-breaker

General arrangement

Sun sheild assembly(if applicable) Sun sheild assembly of circuit--breaker on site.

Refer to the procedure “Sun sheild assembly on the GCB of at site”, see sum-mary for reference (...31-350),

. A

...31--350

Sun sheild assembly

 VS...GAD01D

Circuit-breakerGeneral arrangement

. A

. A

FKG1F

FKG1X

Page 136: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 136/274

Installation

Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site

G31--201EN1220/20

04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 4, continued(IF APPLICABLE)

Erection of helicoîdalfans

Erection of helicoîdal fans (see ...31--221).

. A

 VS...GAD01D

Circuit-breaker

General arrangement

.A

...31--221

Erection of helicoidal fans

FKG1XV

FKG1XW

.A

.A

FKG1XW

”Extented”

Page 137: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 137/274

Installation

Measuring main circuit resistance

G31--401EN021/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

Introduction   At the time of the PRE-COMMISSIONING INSPECTIONS AND TESTS,

the resistance of apparatus’ main circuit must be, necessarily, mea-sured at site.

This first measure will be used as reference to estimate the apparatus evolu-tion in the time.

The read off measures asked will be consigned in the pre-commissioning testreport by checking them with acceptance criteria, joined to the manual.

In this module   This module contains the following topics :

Topic PageMaterial condition before measuring 2

Tool and equipment necessary for measuring 3

Measuring main resistance procedure of single circuit--breaker 4

Measuring main resistance procedure of generator circuit--breaker 6

Measuring main resistance procedure of single disconnector 7

Flexible connection 8

Repair in initial condition 9

Page 138: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 138/274

Installation

Measuring main circuit resistance

G31--401EN022/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Material condition before measuring

Material condition   For measuring of the main circuit resistance the apparatus must be complete-ly assembled : poles -- operating mechanism.

The pole apparatus must be opened and :

-- control rod system of apparatus installed,

-- busbar installed.

-- busbar enclosure installed and connected (soldering executed) to the bayenclosure (if applicable),

-- earthing switch(es) closed, notconnected ontheearth maincircuit,circuit--breaker opened,

-- starting disconnector closed, not connected to the static converter ca-

ble(s),

Page 139: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 139/274

Installation

Measuring main circuit resistance

G31--401EN023/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Tool and equipment necessary for measuring

Necessary control

equipment

 Apparatus enabling measurement of resistance from 0,3  mΩ  0,1  mΩ to 10mΩ  0,2  mΩ with direct current.

Page 140: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 140/274

Installation

Measuring main circuit resistance

G31--401EN024/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Measuring main resistance procedure of single circuit --breaker

Reminder   The goal of the procedure is to close the circuit--breaker to measure the main

circuit resistance.

Warning   BEFORE ALL INTERVENTION ON THE OPERATING DEVICE, MAKESURETHATTHE CIRCUIT--BREAKERIS OPENAND ITS POSITIONINDI-CATOR IS IN THE POSITION BELOW.

Circuit--breakerOpen

Closing springReleased

0 0 0 0 0

Continued on next page.

Page 141: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 141/274

Installation

Measuring main circuit resistance

G31--401EN025/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Measuring main resistance procedure of single circuit --breaker, continued

Position of material   put in position ”LOCAL” (manual operating mechanism), the operating

mechanism,

-- circuit--breaker closed,

-- disconnector opened,

-- earthing switch(es) or starting disconnector (if applicable) opened.

Process   D  Establish a direct current at least 100 A between the input and output of the apparatus to be tested.

D  Connect the measuring equipment on the holes allowed.

D  Measurement (R1) of voltage decrease between these two points givesthe resistance value at the rate of 100  mV for 1  mΩ.

100 A

100 A

R1HoleØ 4

R1HoleØ 4

Reminder   The resistance on each apparatus must be less than the value given in“ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA”.Refer to the document “ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA”, see summary for refer-ence.

Page 142: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 142/274

Installation

Measuring main circuit resistance

G31--401EN026/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Measuring main resistance procedure of generator circuit--breaker

Position of material   put in position ”LOCAL” (manual operating mechanism), the operating me-

chanism,

-- circuit-breaker and disconnector closed,

-- earthing switch(es) or starting disconnector (if applicable) opened.

Process   D  Establish a direct current at least 100 A between the input and output of the apparatus to be tested.

D  Connect the measuring equipment on the holes allowed.

D  Measurement (R2) of voltage decrease between these two points givesthe resistance value at the rate of 100  mV for 1  mΩ.

100 A

100 A

R2HoleØ 4

R2HoleØ 4

Reminder   The resistance on each apparatus must be less than the value given in“ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA”.Refer to the document “ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA”, see summary for refer-ence.

Page 143: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 143/274

Installation

Measuring main circuit resistance

G31--401EN027/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Measuring main resistance procedure of single disconnector

Position of material   put in position ”LOCAL” (manual operating mechanism), the operating me-

chanism,

-- circuit-breaker opened,

-- disconnector closed,

-- earthing switch(es) opened (if applicable),

Process   D  Establish a direct current at least 100 A between the input and output of the apparatus to be tested.

D  Connect the measuring equipment on the holes allowed.

D  Measurement (R3) of voltage decrease between these two points givesthe resistance value at the rate of 100  mV for 1  mΩ.

R3HoleØ 4

100 A  100 A

R3HoleØ 4

Reminder   The resistance on each apparatus must be less than the value given in“ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA”.Refer to the document “ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA”, see summary for refer-ence.

Page 144: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 144/274

Installation

Measuring main circuit resistance

G31--401EN028/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Flexible connections

Process   The ALSTOM supply being restricted to the end pads of apparatus, flexible

connections and bolting hardware excluded, this manual does not give anyregulations concerning the contact resistance existing between the pads andthese connections.

However, the attention is pointed out on the importance lying with the qualityof these contacts, which depends on the assembling conditions (surfacecondition, tightening torque for screws and bolts) andhaving these conditionsmaintened times goes.For more information purposes, no total contact resistance should exceed

0.5mΩ.

Page 145: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 145/274

Installation

Measuring main circuit resistance

G31--401EN029/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Back up to initial state

End of control   Disconnect the control apparatus, and open manually the apparatus shill clo-

sed.

Page 146: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 146/274

Installation

Measuring main circuit resistance

G31--401EN0210/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 147: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 147/274

Installation

Connection with preparation of electrical contact surfaces

G31--501EN041/8

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

In this module   This module contains the following topics :

Topic Page

Preparing the contact surfaces 2

Preparation before assemblage of silver--plated aluminium alloyand silver--plated aluminium or copper alloy

3

Installing connections 4

Preparation before assemblage of aluminium alloy and aluminiumalloy without coating

5

Preparation before assemblage of aluminium alloy and aluminiumalloy without coating (contined)

6

Page 148: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 148/274

Installation

Connection with preparation of electrical contact surfaces

G31--501EN042/8

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Preparing the contact surfaces

List   List of the ALSTOM products and accessories necessary for the installing :

 ALSTOMreference

  Diagram Designation

--01861262 Can of ISOPROPANOL (1l)

--01835106 Vaseline 204--9

--01835118 Vaseline 204--9

--02212337 Scotch Brite A--VF

--01831320 Abrasive paper A400

--02212334 Rag

--02211842 Round brush No.4

--02211831 Brush No.16

Page 149: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 149/274

Installation

Connection with preparation of electrical contact surfaces

G31--501EN043/8

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Preparation before assemblage of silver--plated aluminium alloy and silver-- -plated aluminium or copper alloy

Process   The table below gives the steps of preparing the contact surfaces :

NOTE   :   The operations below must be realized ONLY at themoment of the installation.

Step Action Diagram

1 Remove the protectionand clean carefully thecontact surfaces.

circuit breaker

FKG1X/XP/XV/XW

circuit breaker

FKG1N/F

Disconnector switch

FKG1N/F/X/XP/XV/XW

2Dry rub with Scotch Brite

 A--VF.

3

Eliminate the dust pro-duced.

4Coat with NEUTRALVASELINE.

5 Wipe with a clean rag,leaving just a thin layerof grease.

Page 150: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 150/274

Installation

Connection with preparation of electrical contact surfaces

G31--501EN044/8

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing connections

Flexible connectors   The flexibleconnectors must immediately be attached to the connectorplate

once the contact surfaces have been prepared.Fasten the connections between circuit--breaker and busbar using screws,tighten to the appropriate torque.

BRAID CONNECTIONS ANDSCREWS NOT SUPPLIED BY

 ALSTOM

daNm

Circuit-breaker

layout

 VS...GAD01D

Importantinformation

With regards junctions crossed by the installation’s rated current, contactresistance/braid must not exceed 0,5  mΩ..

This measure will be realized before all commissioning.

Page 151: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 151/274

Installation

Connection with preparation of electrical contact surfaces

G31--501EN045/8

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Preparation before assemblage of aluminium alloy and aluminium alloy withoutcoating

Parts concerned   Envelope and cover FKG1F--X

Process   The table below gives the steps of preparing the contact surfaces :

NOTE   :   The operations below must be realized ONLY at themoment of the installation.

Step Action Diagram

1dry rub with fine emerycloth,

 A

B

C

 A

 A

B

C

CD

 A A

D   C

BB

FKG1N

FKG1F --X 

E

E

E

2

clean thoroughly to elim-inate dust produced,

3lightly coat with electri-cal contact grease,

4 rub over the grease with A 400 water-proof emery paper.

Continued on next page.

Page 152: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 152/274

Installation

Connection with preparation of electrical contact surfaces

G31--501EN046/8

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Preparation before assemblage of aluminium alloy and aluminium alloy withoutcoating  (contined)

Parts concerned   Envelope and cover FKG1XP--XV--XW

Process   The table below gives the steps of preparing the contact surfaces :

NOTE   :   The operations below must be realized ONLY at themoment of the installation.

Step Action Diagram

1dry rub with fineemery cloth,

D+C

 A+B+D

B

FKG1XP--XV--XW

B+C

DC

 A

2

clean thoroughly toeliminate dust pro-duced,

3 lightly coat withelectrical contactgrease,

4 rub over the greasewith A 400 water--proof emery paper.

Continued on next page.

Page 153: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 153/274

Installation

Connection with preparation of electrical contact surfaces

G31--501EN047/8

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Preparation before assemblage of aluminium alloy and aluminium alloy withoutcoating  (contined)

Grease used   The electrical contact grease consists of a mixture of :50 % neutral Vaseline (-01835106)

and50 % ”Contactal” grease (-01835118)

To ensure that this mixture is clean, it is preferable to prepare and stock it intubes.

 A small quantity of this mixture should be applied to the prepared surface,spread out, then wiped over using a clean cloth, so that only a thin layer re-mains.

Page 154: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 154/274

Installation

Connection with preparation of electrical contact surfaces

G31--501EN048/8

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 155: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 155/274

Installation

Filling with SF6 gas

M32--001EN061/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

NOTE :   THIS PROCEDURE IS APPLICABLE FOR A CIRCUIT--BREAKER FKG1,FKG2 standard or reverse, filling with SF6 gas three pole or single pole(1 filling SF6 gas per pole)

Presentation

Warning   DUE TO RISK OF DAMAGE TO CERAMIC ENVELOPES DURINGTRANSPORTATION, PEOPLE PRESENT AT THE GAS FILLINGOPERATION SHOULD SHELTER THEMSELVES OR STAY AT AMINIMUM PROTECTION DISTANCE (ABOUT 50 m).

Necessary equipmentand tools

List of the necessary ALSTOM equipment and tools for the filling with SF 6

gas :

Mark Diagram Designation Number

2 Filling tool 1

8 Pressure reducer 1

6 SF6 gas bottle(s) *

14 Gauge 0--1 MPa 1

 * depending on the apparatus.

In this module   This module contains the following topics :

Topic Page

Installing the filling tool 2

Preparing the SF6 gas bottle 3

Filling with SF6 gas 4

Confirm the pressure 5

Checking pressure 6

Checking gas--tightness 8

Moisture content of SF6

 gas in circuit--breaker 9

Page 156: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 156/274

Installation

Filling with SF6 gas

M32--001EN062/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the filling tool

Warning   Hazard of asphyxiation

Whenever entering confined spaces there is a danger of death or seriousinjury by asphyxiation.

D  Make sure the confined spaces are properly ventilated before personnelenter.

D  Make sure a person outside of the confined space supervises the work.

D  Obey the look--out/tag--out and permit to work procedures.

D  Make sure escape routes are available and not blocked.

Process   Thetablebelow gives the steps of installing the filling tool on the SF6 checkingbloc.

Step Action Diagram

1 Remove the plug (17).

3

17

2

2 Install the filling tool (2) (handtightening).

3 Undo the valve--cap (3).

Page 157: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 157/274

Installation

Filling with SF6 gas

M32--001EN063/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Preparing the SF6 gas bottle

Process   The table below gives the steps of preparing the SF6 gas bottle :

Step Action Diagram

1 Remove the cover (4) and plug (5)from the SF6 gas bottle (6).   5

4

6

SF6

2 Fit the pressure reducer (8) on theSF6 gas bottle (6).   6

8SF6

3 Briefly open the SF6 gas bottle tap(7) and the cock(9) of the pressurereducer to eliminate any air insidethe piping (approx. 20 s at lowflow--rate).

7   Open

9   ClosedSF6

4 Close the SF6   gas bottle tap (7)and thecock (9)of the pressure re-

ducer.NOTE   : Keep the end of thetube (10) in high position tokeep the SF6   gas which it con-tains and to prevent damp airfrom entering.

7   10

Closed9

SF6

Page 158: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 158/274

Installation

Filling with SF6 gas

M32--001EN064/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Filling with SF6 gas

Filling pressure

calculation

Calculate the SF6 gas filling pressure in accordance withthe temperature and

the local atmospheric pressure.Filling is carried out to calculated pressure plus 0.01 MPa.

See the module “SF6 gas monitoring”.

Filling   The table below gives the steps of the filling with SF6 gas operation :

7

11

Open

Closed9

SF6

10

2

Step Action Comment

1 Connect the tube (2) to the fillingtool (10).

2 Open the SF6   gas bottle tap (7)and adjust gas output by acting onthe cock (9) of the pressure reduc-er (reduced flow rate).

Close the tap (7) from time totime to check pressure on thegauge (11).

3 Start filling again until the requiredpressure is reached.

4 Close in this order : the tap (7),then the cock (9).

Page 159: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 159/274

Installation

Filling with SF6 gas

M32--001EN065/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Confirm the pressure

Process   The table below gives the confirmation operation steps of the filling pressure

with SF6 gas :

Step Action Comment/Diagram

1 Disconnect the tube (10) -- of the pressure reducer -- fromthefilling tool (2).

NOTE   : Keep the uncon-nected end of the tube (10)higher than the other end, tostop the SF6   gas which itcontains from escaping andto prevent moisture entering.   2

10

2   D   Connect the tube (15) -- of the gauge 0--1 MPa (14) -- tothe filling tool (2).

D   When the required pressureis confirmed, remove thegauge (14) and and store itaway from humidity.

14

15

2

3 Remove the filling tool (2) andrefit the plug (17) (4 daN.m)

17

2

Page 160: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 160/274

Installation

Filling with SF6 gas

M32--001EN066/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Checking pressure

Principle   Having allowed the temperature to remain steady for at least 12 hours after

filling, it is necessary to check and definitively adjust the pressure to its cor-rected value -- defined according to both ambient temperature and atmo-spheric pressure.

Preparation   The table below gives the preparation steps before checking pressure :

Step Action Diagram

1   D   Remove the plug (17) andinstall the filling tool (2).

D  Unscrew the valve--cap (3). 3

17

2

2   D   Connect the tube (15) -- of the gauge 0--1 MPa (14) -- tothe filling tool (2).

15

14

2

Continued on next page.

Page 161: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 161/274

Installation

Filling with SF6 gas

M32--001EN067/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Checking pressure, continued

Decision table   The table below gives the process depending the pressure measured :

14

16

If the pressure measured is ... Action

correct End of control

too high

 Adjust the pressure by means of valve

(16) on the gauge (14) to reach the re-quired corrected pressure.

too low

Top--up with SF6 gas

If the pressureadjustment

is ...Action

≤   0,05 MPa End of control

>   0,05 MPa Proceed to anew inspectionafter a stabiliza-tion period of 2--3 hours.

End of control   The table below gives the end steps of the checking pressure :

Step Action Diagram

1 Disconnect the gauge (14)0--1 MPa.

14

2   D   Remove the filling tool (2)and re--install the plug (17), ap-plying a tightening torque of 4 daN.m; leak--tightness isonly guaranteed if this condi-tion is respected.

D  Screw the valve--cap (3) onthe filling tool (2).

17

2

3

Page 162: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 162/274

Installation

Filling with SF6 gas

M32--001EN068/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Checking gas--tightness

Necessary

ALSTOM tools

The ALSTOM tool necessary for the tightness inspection :

Mark Diagram Designation Number

(12) Leak detector (optional) 1

Process   Make sure that the plug (17) is perfectly leak--tight using the leak detec-tor (12).

12

17

Page 163: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 163/274

Installation

Filling with SF6 gas

M32--001EN069/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Moisture content of SF6 gas in circuit--breaker

Principle   This measurement is not required, the equipment being provided with

molecular sieves in sufficient quantity to give a dew point of  ≤   0°C (32°F) foran ambient temperature of 20°C (68°F), this applies for a unit filled to itsnominal pressure for 2 or 3 months.

Page 164: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 164/274

Installation

Filling with SF6 gas

M32--001EN0610/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 165: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 165/274

Commissioning

Pre--commissioning inspections

G34--001EN041/8

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

Introduction   After installation of the bay, completion of all earth circuit and electrical con-

nections, it is necessary to perform certain pre--commissioning inspections.These inspections should be performed with the apparatus ready to be com-missioned (energized), in other words.

D   LV electrical circuits conforming, in voltage and type, with the low--voltagediagrams and rating plate of the apparatus.

D   SF6 envelopes at rated SF6 pressure.

NOTE   : Rated pressure, pressure of equipment after SF6   gas filling.

D   Flexible connections linking circuit--breaker to busbar installed.

Reminder   The measurement values demanded hereafter are to be taken during the test

and inspection programme prior to commissioning and checked with the val-ues of the “ acceptance criteria” and checking points end of this sheet, thenentered in the pre-commissioning test report (RES..., see summary for refer-ence)

. The document RES... which should then be sent for approvalto ALSTOM Grid S.A. Customer Service.

. If, however, the values do not conform with those foreseen in theacceptation criteria or general characteristics, contact :ALSTOM Grid S.A. Customer Service.

Caution   DURING OPERATIONS REQUIRED AS PART OF INSPECTION PRO-GRAMME PRIOR TO COMMISSIONING, ALL POSSIBLE SAFETY PRE-CAUTIONS SHOULD BE TAKEN TO PROTECT PERSONNEL WORKINGON THE EQUIPMENT.See “Product safety sheets”, PS0000EN”

In this module   This module contains the following checking inspections :

Inspections Page

SF6 gas 2

Operating device of circuit--breaker 3

Test operations of circuit--breaker 4

Operating device of disconnector(s) 5

Test operations of disconnector(s) 6

Preparing for resumption of service 7

Finish 8

Page 166: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 166/274

Commissioning

Pre--commissioning inspections

G34--001EN042/8

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

SF6 gas

Warning   Hazard of asphyxiation

Whenever entering confined spaces there is a danger of death or seriousinjury by asphyxiation.

D  Make sure the confined spaces are properly ventilated before personnelenter.

D  Make sure a person outside of the confined space supervises the work.

D  Obey the look--out/tag--out and permit to work procedures.

D  Make sure escape routes are available and not blocked.

Reminder   SF6 envelopes are at rated pressure following the SF6 gas filling operation.

Parameters   Take note of parameters below :

D  site altitude, in meters,

D  atmospheric pressure of site in hPa,

D  site temperature in   °C.

Checking SF6 gas   SF6   pressure values must obligatorily be read on the pressure inspectiongauge (tooling). Pay no attention to indications given by the dial densimeteron thefilling control block (where applicable) ; it is not accurate enough for thisinspection.

The table below gives the steps of checking :

Step Action Comment

1 Measure SF6   gas pressure bymeans of the pressure inspectiongauge (tooling)

Follow the instructions given inmodule ”Filling with SF6 gas”.

2 Correct pressure found. Follow the instructions given inmodule ”SF6 gas monitoring”.

SF6 gas

humidity level

The SF6 humidity level need not be known as the equipment is fitted with mo-

lecular sieves in sufficient numbers to give a dew point lower than, or equalto, 0°C at an ambient temperature of 20°C, for an apparatus filled to its ratedpressure for 2 or 3 months.

Page 167: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 167/274

Commissioning

Pre--commissioning inspections

G34--001EN043/8

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Operating device of circuit --breaker

Measurements   Note the supply voltage of motors on the operating mechanism terminals.

Measurements   TO PROCEED ERECTION MEASURE APPARATUS’ RESISTANCES (see...31--401).

 Various inspections   Check that the following items are working correctly :

-- heating,

-- lighting,

-- connections on terminals (no excessive tightening).

Page 168: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 168/274

Commissioning

Pre--commissioning inspections

G34--001EN044/8

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Test operations of circuit--breaker

Test operations   D The connection of auxiliary circuits is sufficiently advanced to allow remotecontrols to be used.

D   Perform 10 CLOSING -- OPENING cycles electrically, by remote control.

Measurementsspecific to thecircuit--breaker

D  Closing time

Measure the closing time of each pole from current emission in the circuit--breaker’s closingelectro-magnet until the moment when contacts touch in thepole.

D  Opening time

Measure the opening time of each pole, from current emission in the circuit--

breaker’s opening electro-magnet to the moment when contacts separate inthe pole.

D   Opening-closing sequence times :

Perform a CO cycle and measure the following times :

-- Closing time.

-- Opening time.

-- Closing-opening time.

D  Operating of auxiliary contacts (CS) :

-- Closing operation : Measure operating times of auxiliary contacts. For bothtypes of contact (a and b).

-- Opening operation : Measure operating times of auxiliary contacts. Forboth types of contact (a and b).

D  Simultaneity gap between poles :

Measure the simultaneity gap between poles during the following operations

-- Closing.

-- Opening (circuit 1).

-- Opening (circuit 2).

Page 169: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 169/274

Commissioning

Pre--commissioning inspections

G34--001EN045/8

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Operating device of disconnector(s) (if applicable)

General conditions   The measurements which follow will be performed at nominal voltage of the

coils.The cabling shall be effectively done.Note thevoltage supply value and order phase numbering to the motor termi-nals of the mechanism.

Measurements   TO PROCEED ERECTION MEASURE APPARATUS’ RESISTANCES (see...31--401).

 Various inspections   Check that the following items are working correctly :

-- heating,

-- connections on terminals (no excessive tightening).

Page 170: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 170/274

Commissioning

Pre--commissioning inspections

G34--001EN046/8

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Test operations of disconnector(s)  (if applicable)

Introduction   The measurement values demanded hereafter are to be taken during the test

and inspection programme prior to commissioning and checked with the val-ues of the “ acceptance criteria” and checking points end of this sheet, thenentered in the pre-commissioning test report (RES..., see summary for refer-ence) which should then be sent for approval to  ALSTOM Grid S.A. Cus-tomer Service.If, however, the values do not conform with those foreseen in the acceptationcriteria or general characteristics, contact   ALSTOM Grid S.A. CustomerService.

Closing time   Measure, on each pole, the time lapse between current emission in the coilof the closing contactor of the disconnector and the moment when

contacts touch in the pole.

Opening time   Measure, on each pole, the time lapse between current emission in the dis-connector opening electro-magnet and the moment when contacts separatein the pole.

Locking by means oflocks

Check that all keys required for locking are present.Check that the locking functions of disconnector and earthing switch(es) areoperating correctly, in accordance with the interlocking diagram, at both ope-ning and closing of apparatus.

Position signalisation   Check thatdisconnector position indicators areoperatingcorrectly on themi-mic diagram.

Page 171: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 171/274

Commissioning

Pre--commissioning inspections

G34--001EN047/8

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Preparing for resumption of service

Preparing for re-

sumption of service-- Re-install cover and sun visor (where applicable), see module : “Connec-tion with preparation of contact surfaces”.

-- Check cover tightness if the enclosure is under pressure.

-- Re-energize electrical power and monitoring control circuits (motor powersupply, heating, lighting).

-- Open all the HV apparatus of the bay by means of local operating mecha-nism.

Page 172: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 172/274

Commissioning

Pre--commissioning inspections

G34--001EN048/8

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Finish

Subject   D   This subject of this document is to describe the sequence of repair proce-dures necessary to correct any surface damage to the paint on the GCBenclosure.

D  It is not in the realms of the procedure to details repair to the enclosureitself. The supervisor on site is to determine the severity of the damage to theGCB enclosure (aluminium alloy). This procedure covers damage fom smallscratch’s and scuffs. Greater damage than this would require the interventionof a site inspector.

Used products   D   Alcohol isopropanol.

D  Paint PU780 (FARBATHANNE NF) (colour RAL 9006).

D   Paintbrush.

D   Emery paper.

D  Not supplied : Cleaning rags, and gloves.

Process   INSPECTION AND CLEAN :

D  Once it has been determined that the damage is limited to only surfaceabrasion of the paint, the area of the damage will require cleaning and prepa-ration.

D Any mud, dirt orgrease must be removed from aroundthe areato berepai-

red.

D  Mud and dirt can be cleaned and wiped off with wet rags and/or a sponge.Grease will need to be removed with alcohol. Once complete, leavefor a shorttime to dry. Wipe down with a clean rag.

D  Use the emery paper to clean up the damaged area.

D  Wipe away metal dust with a clean rag.

PAINTING :Open the pot of paint, stir if necessary, if the product has been in storage for

a long period of time.

Using the paintbrush, apply an even coat of paint over the damaged area.Paint an area slightly larger than the damaged area, covering all the surfacetouched by the emery cloth. Thus ensuring a good coverage of the exposedarea.

It have been determined that under normal circumstances one coat of paintis all that is necessary. Should the client require it a second coat of paint maybe added. To this end please refer to the details printed on the paint pot con-cerning drying times between paint applications.

Page 173: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 173/274

GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICECOMMISSIONING TEST REPORT

 RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO 

Service QualitéQuality Department

Servicio de calidad  Formulaire RES 337  Page /  Página :1/17 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

DISJONCTEUR D’ALTERNATEURSF6 GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE FKG1N/1F/1X/1X-V/1X-P/1X-W

à commande mécanique FK3.12 

INTERRUPTOR DE MACHINA EN SF6 TIPO

et sectionneurand disconnector SKG MKG(1) MKG(2) IKGy seccionador

avec commande(s) électriques(s) type / with electrical control mechanism(s) type / con organo(s) de maniobra electrica tipo : CMK 

CLIENT / CUSTOMER / CLIENTE    ________________ Poste/Substation/Subestación  __________________  

Référence cl ient /Customer’s reference/ Referencia del cliente   _____________________________  

Commande ALSTOM N° Repère ALSTOM order N°  _______________   Item  _______________  N° de pedido ALSTOM Ref

Norme Spécification du clientStandard  _______________   Customer’s specification  _______________  Norma Especificación del cliente

CARACTÉRISTIQUES/CHARACTERISTICS/CARACTERISITICAS

Tension/Voltage/ Tensión   ________  kV Fréquence/Frequency/ Frecuencia   ________  Hz

Courant en service continu  /Normal current/ Corriente en servicio continuo   ________  A

Pouvoir de coupure en court-circuit/Short-circuit breaking current/ Poder de corte en corto circuito  ________ kA

Pression absolue du gaz SF6 à Pression relative du gaz SF6 à Absolute SF6 gas pressure at 20°C  ______  MPa Relative SF6 gas pressure at 20°C and 1013 hPa ____ MPa

Presión absoluta del gas SF6 à Presión relativa del gas SF6 àTension d’alimentation des circuits auxiliaires/Supply voltage of auxiliary circuits/Tensión de alimentación de los circuitos auxiliares

Bobin es Moteur ChauffageCoils  ________  V(____) Motor  ________  V(____) Heater  ________  V(____)Bobinas Motor Calefación

Signalisation Circuit de commande Alarm  ________  V(____) Control circuit  ________   V(____)Señalización Circuito de mando

Cablage alimentations / Supply voltage wiring Définitif/ definitive

Temporaire/ Temporary

Le matériel a subi les contrôles et essais avant mise en service, conformément au fascicule (contrôles avant mise enservice).The material was subjected to the inspections and tests prior to commissioning as required in sections (inspections commissioning).El material fue sometido a las inspecciones y a los ensayos antes de la puesta en servicio como requerido en las secciones(inspecciones antes de la puesta en servicio).

Date de fin de montageErection completion date _____________  Fecha de conclusion de montaje

Réalisé parPerformed by  _____________  Realizado por

Pour le clientFor the customer  _____________  Para el cl iente

Date des essais de mise en serviceCommissioning date _______________  Fecha de puebras para puesta en servicio

Réalisés parPerformed by  _____________  Realizado por

Pour le clientFor the customer  _____________  Para el cl iente

Page 174: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 174/274

 GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

_______________ / _______________ 

Service Qualité  RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department  COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 2/17

Servicio de calidad    RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO  Página 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

CONTRÔLE PRÉLIMINAIRES AVANT INSTALLATIONPRELIMINARY INSPECTIONS BEFORE INSTALLATIONINSPECCIÓNES PRELIMINARES ANTES DE LA INSTALACIÓN

Constat sur le siteVerification at site

Verificación en el sitioOrgane de manœuvreOperating mechanismOrgano de maniobra

 __________État des emballagesCondition of packings

Condición de los embalajes

Élément de pôlePole elementElemento de polo

 __________  

Sous abriUnder shelter Al abrigo

 __________  

CorrecteSatisfactoryCorrecto

 __________  Réalisation du stockageStorage Almacenamiento

DéfectueuseUnsactisfactoryDefectuoso

 __________  

 Al imentation du chauffage des commandesHeating system supply of mechanisms Alimentación del calentamiento de los mandos

 __________  

Vérification de la présence de la pression SF6 de transportChecking of transport SF6 pressureComprobación de la presión de SF6 de transporte

 __________  

Observations – Remarks – Observaciones

Page 175: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 175/274

 GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

_______________ / _______________ 

Service Qualité  RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department  COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 3/17

Servicio de calidad    RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO  Página 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

IDENTIFICATIONIDENTIFICATIONIDENTIFICACIÓN  

PôlePolePolo

N° de sérieSerial numberSerial numero

Rep .. / ..

P 1 _______________ __________ / 1

P 2   _______________ __________ / 2

P 3   _______________ __________ / 3

P1 :  pôle situé juste derrière les organes de manœuvrepole juste behind operating mechanismsprimer polo detrás de los organos de maniobra

P3 :  pôle situé à l’opposé des organes de manœuvrepole at the opposite of operating mechanismsúltimo polo detrás de los organos de maniobra

MONTAGE SUR SITE DU DISJONCTEUR ASSEMBLY OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER ON SITEMONTAJE DEL INTERRUPTOR EN EL SITIO

Contrôle du génie civil, vérifi cations à l’aide d’une lunette de visée.Civil works inspection using sighting gear.Control de ingenier í a civil con un teodolito.

Contrôle des entraxes du jeu de barres.

Check the distances between busbars axles.

Controlar de las distancias entre ejes de juegos de barras .

Planéité du génie civil.

Flatness of the civil engineering structures.

Planeidad de la ingenier í a civil .

Tolérance ± 1mm, util isation de câles maxi 15mm.Tolerance ± 1mm, using shims maxi 15mm.Tolerance ± 1mm, utilizaci ón de calas maxi 15mm.

Fixation au sol et vérification de la planéité.

Fixing to the ground and flatness checks.

Fijaci ón al piso y verification de la planeidad. 

Tolérance ± 1mm, utilisation de câles.Tolerance ± 1mm, using shims.

Tolerance ± 1mm, utilizaci ón de calas. 

Page 176: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 176/274

 GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

_______________ / _______________ 

Service Qualité  RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department  COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 4/17

Servicio de calidad    RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO  Página 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

VÉRIFICATION APRÈS MONTAGE

CHECKS AFTER ERECTIONCOMPROBACIÓN DESPUÈS INSTALACIÓN

Schéma de câblageWiring diagram  ________________  Esquema de alambrado 

Croquis de mon tage Assembly drawing  ________________  Dibujo de instalación

Conformité croquis montageConformity to instalation drawing ____________  Conformidad con dibujo de montaje 

Conformité schéma fil erieConformity to wiring diagram  ________________  Conformidad con esquema de alambrado

Vérification de l’assemblageVérification of assembly  ________________  Comprobación del montaje 

Conformité signalisation optiqueConfomity of optical indication  ________________  Conformidad de la señalización optica

Schéma de principeElementary diagram  ________________  Esquema de principio 

Relevé du compteur de manœuvreavant essais de fonctionnement mécanique _____Counter reading before mechanical operating testsLectura del contador de maniobraantes de los ensayos de functionamiento mecánico

Le matériel a été inspecté et monté confo rmément aux fascicules de la noticeThe material was subjected to the inspections and mounting operations as required in manual and prior to commissioning.El material fue inspeccionado y montado antes de la puesta en servicio como requerido en las secciones (inspecciones antes de la puesta en servicio).

Date de fin de montageErection completion date  __________  Fecha de conclusion de montaje

Réalisé parPerformed by  ______________________  Realizado por

Page 177: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 177/274

 GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

_______________ / _______________ 

Service Qualité  RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department  COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 5/17

Servicio de calidad    RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO  Página 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

ESSAIS DE TENUE À LA TENSION DES CIRCUITS AUXILIAIRES ET DE COMMANDEVOLTAGE WITHSTAND TESTS ON AUXILIARY AND CONTROL CIRCUITSENSAYOS DE TENSIÓN SOPORTADA DE LOS CIRCUITOS AUXLIARES Y DE MANDO

 Appareil de mesure – test equipment N° de série – serial number Calibration date Observations

 Appl ication d’une tension d’essai de kV (valeur ef ficace) pendant s, entre la f il erie et le bât i. Application of a test voltage of ________   kV (rms value) for  ____   s, between wiring and the base.

 Aplicación de una tensión de ensayo de kV, (valor eficaz) durante s, entre la cableria y la base.

Les moteurs et les équipements, déjà essayés con formément à leur propre spécification, ont étédéconnectés pendant ces essais.The motors and equipments tested previously in accordance with their own specification weredisconnected during these tests.Los motores y equipos sometidos anteriormente a ensayos de acuerdo con sus especificaciones propiasfueron desconnectados durante estos ensayos.

MESURAGE DE LA RÉSISTANCE DU CIRCUIT PRINCIPALMEASUREMENT OF THE RESISTANCE OF THE MAIN CIRCUITMEDICIÓN DE LA RESISTENCIA DEL CIRCUITO PRINCIPAL

 Appareil de mesure – test equipment N° de série – serial number  Calibration date Observations

Courant continu d’essai Température au moment des essaisTest direct current 100 A Temperature at testing time  ________   °CCorriente continua de ensayo Temperatura al momento de las pruebas

Valeurs en / Values in / Valores en : µ 

PôleP1

Polo

PôleP2

Polo 

PôleP3

Polo 

FKG  ________ ________    ________  

SKG  ________ ________ ________

Combiné (FKG + SKG)  ________ ________ ________

MKG (1)  ________ ________    ________  

MKG (2)  ________ ________ ________

IKG  ________ ________ ________

Page 178: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 178/274

 GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

_______________ / _______________ 

Service Qualité  RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department  COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 6/17

Servicio de calidad    RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO  Página 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

VÉRIFICATION DE LA PRESSION DU GAZGAS PRESSURE CHECK MPa COMPROBACIÒN DE LA PRESIÒN DEL GAS

 Appareil de mesure – test equipment N° de série – serial number  Calibration date Observations

 Al ti tude Pression barométr ique Température Altitude  ______  m Barometric pressure  ______  hPa Temperature  ______  °C

 Altitud Presión barométrica Temperatura

Pression absolue / Absolu te pressure / Pressión absoluta

Mesurage de la pression de remplissageFilling pressure measurementMedición de la presión de llenado 

 ______

Valeur calculée équivalente à 20°C en MPa absolueEquivalent computed values at 20°C in MPa absoluteValores computados equivalentes para 20°C en MPa absolutos

 ______

Pression relative / relative pressure / Pressión relativa At 20°C and 1013 hPa

Mesurage de la pression de remplissageFilling pressure measurement

Medición de la presión de llenado  ______

Valeur calculée équivalente en MPaEquivalent computed values in MPaValores computados equivalentes en MPa

 ______

Observations – Remarks – Observaciones

Page 179: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 179/274

 GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

_______________ / _______________ 

Service Qualité  RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department  COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 7/17

Servicio de calidad    RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO  Página 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

CONTRÔLE DU DENSIMÈTRE DE SURVEILLANCE DE LA PRESSION DE SF6 (pression relat ive en Mpa)SF6 GAS PRESSURE MONITORING DENSIMETER INSPECTION (relative pressure in Mpa)COMPROBACIÓN DEL DENSIMETRO DE VIGILANCIA DE LA PRESIÓN DE SF6(pression relativa en Mpa)

Température Pression barométrique Temperature  ________ °C Barometric pressure  ________ hPaTemperatura Presión barométrica 

Unité de mesure de pression des seuils :Thresholds pressures measurement unit : MPa 

Unità de medición de las presiones de los umbrales : 

1er  seuil

1st threshold

1e umbral

2me

 seuil (voie 1)2

nd  threshold (way 1)2

e umbral (via 1)

2me

 seuil (voie 2)2

nd  threshold (way 2)2

e umbral (via 2)

 ________ ________    ________  

 ________    ________    ________  

Pression mesuréeMeasured pressurePresione medicion

 ________    ________    ________  

 ________    ________    ________  

 ________    ________    ________  

Pression ramenée à et

Resultant pressure at 1013 hPa and 20°CPresión corespondiante para y

 ________    ________    ________  

Page 180: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 180/274

 GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

_______________ / _______________ 

Service Qualité  RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department  COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 8/17

Servicio de calidad    RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO  Página 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

ESSAIS DE FONCTIONNEMENT MÉCANIQUE DURÉES DE FONCTIONNEMENTMECHANICAL OPERATING TESTS OPERATING TIMES msENSAYOS DE FUNCIONAMIENTO MECÁNICO TIEMPO DE OPERACIÓN

 Appareil de mesure – test equipment N° de série – serial number  Calibration date Observations

Tension d’alimentation sur le site.Supplyvoltage on site ____ V(____)Tensión de alimentación sobre el sitio

PôleP1

Polo

PôleP2

Polo 

PôleP3

Polo 

 Avec c ont acteurWith contactorCon contactor

c  _____ _____ _____Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre Sans contacteur

Without contactorSin contactor

sc  _____ _____ _____

voie 1way 1via 1

c  _____ _____ _____Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura  voie 1

way 1

via 1 

sc  _____ _____ _____

voie 2way 2via 2  

c  _____ _____ _____Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura  voie 2

way 1via 1 

sc  _____ _____ _____

C  _____ _____ _____Cycle de manœuvre de fermeture-ouvertureClose-open operating cycle : COCiclo de maniobras de cierre-apertura

O  _____ _____ _____

Durée de fermeture-ouvertureClose-open timeTiempo de cierre-apertura

 _____ _____ _____

Page 181: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 181/274

 GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

_______________ / _______________ 

Service Qualité  RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department  COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 9/17

Servicio de calidad    RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO  Página 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

MESURAGE DES ÉCARTS DE SIMULTANÉITÉCOINCIDENCE DEVIATION MEASUREMENT msDICIÓN DE LAS DIFFERENCIAS DE SIMULTANEIDAD

FermetureClosingCierre

 ______  

Ouverture voie 1Opening way 1

 Apertura via 1 ______  

Entre pôlesBetween poles

Entre polosOuverture voie 2Opening way 2 Apertura via 2  

 ______  

MESURAGE DES DURÉES DE FONCTIONNEMENT DES CONTACTS AUXILIAIRESMEASUREMENT OF AUXILIARY CONTACT OPERATING DURATIONS msMEDICIÓN DE DURACIONES DE FUNCIONAMIENTO DE LOS CONTACTOS AUXILIARES

Type de contactContact type

Tipo de contacto

ms  

52 b  ______  Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre 52a  ______  

52b  ______  Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura 52a  ______  

MESURAGE DES DURÉES DE RÉARMEMENT DE L’ORGANE DE COMMANDEMEASUREMENT OF OPERATING MECHANISM RECLOSING DURATIONS sMEDICIÓN DE DURACIONES DE REARME DEL ORGANO DE MANIOBRA

Durée de réarmement après un CReclosing duration after one CDuración de rearme despues de una C  

 ______

Page 182: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 182/274

 GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

_______________ / _______________ 

Service Qualité  RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department  COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 10/17

Servicio de calidad    RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO  Página 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

SKG – MKG (1 & 2) – IKG

ESSAIS DE FONCTIONNEMENT MÉCANIQUE DURÉES DE FONCTIONNEMENTMECHANICAL OPERATING TESTS OPERATING TIMES sENSAYOS DE FUNCIONAMIENTO MECÁNICO TIEMPO DE OPERACIÓN

Tension d’alimentation sur le siteSupply voltage on site  ______ V ______  Tensión de alimentación sobre el sitio

SKG

Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre

 ______

Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura

 ______

MKG (1)

Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre

 ______

Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura

 ______

MKG (2)

Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operation

Maniobra de cierre ______

Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura

 ______

IKG

Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre

 ______

Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura

 ______

Page 183: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 183/274

 GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

_______________ / _______________ 

Service Qualité  RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department  COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 11/17

Servicio de calidad    RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO  Página 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

SKG – MKG (1 & 2) – IKG

ESSAIS DE FONCTIONNEMENT MÉCANIQUE DURÉES DE FONCTIONNEMENT DES CONTACTS AUXILIAIRESMECHANICAL OPERATING TESTS OPERATING TIMES AUXILIARY CONTACTENSAYOS DE FUNCIONAMIENTO MECÁNICO TIEMPO DE OPERACIÓN DE LOS CONTACTOS AUXILIARES

Type de contactContact type

Tipo de contacto

Durée Duration

Duración 52 a  ______  

SKG

Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre 52 b  ______  

52 a  ______  Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura 52 b  ______  

52 a  ______  

MKG (1)

Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre

52 b  ______  

52 a  ______  Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura 52 b  ______  

52 a  ______  

MKG (2)

Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre 52 b  ______  

52 a  ______  Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura 52 b  ______  

52 a  ______  

IKG

Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre 52 b  ______  

52 a  ______  Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura 52 b  ______  

Page 184: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 184/274

 GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

_______________ / _______________ 

Service Qualité  RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department  COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 12/17

Servicio de calidad    RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO  Página 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

POSITION DU TUBE DE CONTACT PAR RAPPORT À LA COUPURE ALIMENTATION ÉLECTRIQUECONTACT TUBE POSITION WHEN POWER SUPPLY SWITCHED OFFPOSITIÓN DEL TUBO DE CONTACTO AL CORTE DE LA PROVISIÓN ELECTRICA

Pôle/Pole/ Polo  Pôle/Pole/Polo  Pôle/Pole/Polo 1 2 3

critère/criteria/criterio :Fermeture côté fixeClosing fixed contact side  ______ mm  ______ mm  ______ mm (10,6 mm – 18,6 mm)Cierre lado del contacto fijo

Fermeture côté mobileClosing mobile contact side  ______ mm  ______ mm  ______ mm (20,4 mm – 28,4 mm)Cierre lado del contacto mobil

MESURE EN FERMETURE / MEASUREMENT ON CLOSING OPERATION / MEDIDA EN CIERRE  

côté mobile/mobile side/lado mobil  côté fixe/fixed side/lado fijo 

Page 185: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 185/274

 GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

_______________ / _______________ 

Service Qualité  RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department  COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 13/17

Servicio de calidad    RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO  Página 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

VÉRIFICATIONS DIVERSESVARIOUS CHECKINGSCOMPROBACIÓNES DIVERSAS

Dispositif d’anti-pompage

 Anti-pumping device

Dispositivo de anti-bombeo 

Ouverture de secours

Emergency opening

 Apertura de emergencia

Fermeture localemécanique/électrique

Local closing mechanical/electrical

Cierre local mecánico/electrico 

Ouverture locale mécanique/électrique

Local opening mechanical/electrical

 Apertura local mecánico/electrico

Fermeture à distance

Remote closing

Cierre à distancia 

Ouverture à distance

Remote opening

 Apertura à distancia

Chauffage thermostaté

Thermostated heating

Calefacción con termostats 

Signalisation défaut SF6 1er  seuil

SF6 fault indication – 1st thereshold

Señalisación de falta de SF6 1o umbral

Chauffage permanent

Permanent heating

Calefacción permanente 

Signalisation défaut SF6 2nd  seuil

SF6 fault indication – 2nd

 thereshold

Señalisación de falta de SF6 2o umbralSerrage des bornes BT

Tightening of LV terminals

 Apriete de las terminales BT  

Peinture des gaines (si applicable) 

Painting of enclosures (if applicable)

Pintura de las envolturas (si aplicable)

Séquence de fonctionnement

Operating sequence

Secuencia de maniobra 

Contrôle de l’étanchéité SF6 des assemblages

SF6 tightness testing of assemblies

Comprobación de estanqueidad SF6 de losmontajes 

Relevé du compteur de manœuvreReading of operating counterLectura de contadore de maniobra

 ________

OBSERVATIONS – REMARKS – OBSERVACIONES 

Page 186: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 186/274

 GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

_______________ / _______________ 

Service Qualité  RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department  COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 14/17

Servicio de calidad    RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO  Página 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

PRINCIPE DE SURVEILLANCE DU SYSTEME DE VENTILATION.

MONITORING PRINCIPLE OF THE VENTILATION SYSTEM.

PRINCIPIO DE VIGILANCIA DEL SISTEMA DE VENTILACION.

Vérification du pr incipe de surveillance du système de ventilation hélicoidale et centrifuge.

Verification of monitoring principle of the ventilation system for axial flow fans and centrifugal fans.

Verification de principio de vigilancia del sistema de ventilation helicoidal y centrifuga.

Réglage des relais de surveillance seuil de courant. Adjustment of monitoring threshold current relays. Ajuste de los relès del umbras de corriente.

Pôle1/Pole1/ Polo1

Relais/Relays/Relè KA10 %

Relais/Relays/Relè KA11 %

Relais/Relays/Relè KA15 %

Pôle2/Pole2/ Polo2  

Relais/Relays/Relè KA30 %

Relais/Relays/Relè KA31 %

Relais/Relays/Relè KA35 %

Pôle3/Pole3/ Polo3 

Relais/Relays/Relè KA50 %

Relais/Relays/Relè KA51 %

Relais/Relays/Relè KA55 %

Relevé du compteur de manœuvreReading of operating counterLectura de contadore de maniobra

 ________

OBSERVATIONS – REMARKS – OBSERVACIONES 

Page 187: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 187/274

 GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

_______________ / _______________ 

Service Qualité  RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department  COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 15/17

Servicio de calidad    RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO  Página 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

CONTRÔLE DES TRANSFORMATEURS DE TENSIONCHECK OF VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS

CONTROL DE LOS TRANSFORMADORES DE TENSIÓN

 Après tous les contrôles de foncti onnement, relever et noter les n° d’identi fication fournisseur et n° de sér ie.

 After all the mechanical operating tests, take and write down the supplier identification number and sérial number.Despues de todos los controles de funccionamiento, anotar los numeros de identificacion del provedor y numeros de serie.

Côté fixe (côté transformateur)Fixed part side (transformer side)Contacto fixo (lado transformator)

Côté mobile (côté générateur)Mobile part side (generator side)Contacto mobilo (lado generador)

P1

N° _____________  

TP1VT1

TP2VT2

TP1VT1

TP2VT2

Identification fournisseurSupplier numberNumero provedor

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

Numéro de sérieSérial numberNumero serie

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

P2

N° _____________  

TP1VT1

TP2VT2

TP1VT1

TP2VT2

Identification fournisseurSupplier numberNumero provedor

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

Numéro de sérieSérial numberNumero serie

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

P3

N° _____________  

TP1VT1

TP2VT2

TP1VT1

TP2VT2

Identification fournisseurSupplier numberNumero provedor

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

Numéro de sérieSérial numberNumero serie

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

 _______________ _______________  

NB : TP1/VT1 : montés à gauche, vus de l’extérieur de la gaine (en se plaçant du même côté que les équipements en question)put on the left, seen from outside the enclosure (when watching from the same side than mentioned equipments)instalados a la izquierda, mirando del exterior de la envoltura (poniense del mismo lado de los dichos equipos)

TP2/VT2 : montés à droite, vus de l’extérieur de la gaine (en se plaçant du même côté que les équipements en question)put on yhe right, seen from outside the enclosure (when watching from the same side than mentioned equipments)instalados a la derecha, mirando del exterior de la envoltura (poniense del mismo lado de los dichos equipos)

Page 188: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 188/274

 GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

_______________ / _______________ 

Service Qualité  RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department  COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 16/17

Servicio de calidad    RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO  Página 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

Mettre un * si TP doubles montés en parallèle au primaire et série au secondairePut a * if dual VT intalled with primary in parrallel and secondary in serialPoner un *si transformador de Tension doble en parallelo al primario y en serie al segundario.

CONTRÔLE DU CÂBLAGE DES TRANSFORMATEURS DE TENSIONCHECK OF VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER WIRINGCONTROL DEL CABLEADO DE LOS TRANSFORMADORES DE TENSIÓN

Contrôle selon instruction ALSTOM réf. QDA 20 095Test procedure according ALSTOM doc. ref. QDA 20 095Controles seg ńa procedura ALSTOM ref QDA 20 095

Tension primaire (bornes A, N):Primary voltage (terminals A, N)  ______ VoltTensión del primario (bornas A, N)

Tension secondaire/tertiaireSecondary / tertiary voltage  ______ VoltTensión del segundario/terciario

Côté transformateur  /Transformer sideLado del transformador

Côté générateur /generator sideLado del generador

VT1 VT2 VT1 VT2

Pole1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole1 Pole 2 Pole 3Calcul ratio transformateur de tension / Transformer ratio calculation/cálculo relación transformador de tensión secondaire /secondary/segundario N1

(bornes1a, 1n ou a, n) /(terminals 1a, 1n or a, n) /(bornas 1a, 1n o a, n) secondaire /secondary/segundario N2

(bornes 2a, 2n) /(terminals 2a, 2n) /(bornas 2a, 2n) tertiaire /tertiary/terciaro 

(bornes da, dn)(terminals da, dn)

(bornas da, dn) Mesure tensions secondaire/tertiaire / Secondary/tertiary voltage measurement / Medida segundario/terciaro secondaire /secondary/segundario N1

(bornes1a, 1n ou a, n) /(terminals 1a, 1n or a, n) /(bornas 1a, 1n o a, n) secondaire /secondary/segundario N2

(bornes 2a, 2n) /(terminals 2a, 2n) /(bornas 2a, 2n) 

Page 189: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 189/274

 GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne

France

_______________ / _______________ 

Service Qualité  RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department  COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 17/17

Servicio de calidad    RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO  Página 

EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision

Côté transformateur  /Transformer sideLado del transformador

Côté générateur /generator sideLado del generador

VT1 VT2 VT1 VT2

Pole1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole1 Pole 2 Pole 3

tertiaire /tertiary/terciaro 

(bornes da, dn)(terminals da, dn)(bornas da, dn) 

Cas des enroulements tertiaires cablés en série / Case of tertiary windings connected in series /Caso de los arrollamientos terciaros cableados en serie

Tension entre borne dn

pôle 1 et borne dn pôle 3(valeur égale à cellemesurée sur chaquetertiaire)Voltage between terminaldn pole 1 and terminal dnpole 3 (value equal to thevalue measured on eachtertiary)Tensión entre borna dn polo 1 y borna dn polo 3(valor identico al medidoen cada terciario)Tension entre borne dnpôle 1 et borne da pôle 3(valeur égale à zéro)Voltage between terminaldn pole 1 and terminal dapole 3 (value equal tozero)Tensión entre borna dn polo 1 y borna da polo 3(valor igual a cero)) 

Comparaison valeurs mesurées avec ratio caculéComparison between the measured values and the calculated ratioComparación de los valores medidos con la relación calculada.

Valeurs mesurées= valeurs calcu lées ±5%

Measured values : calculaded values ±5%Valores Medidos : valores calculados ±5%

ALSTOM Grid SAS

Société par actions simplifiée au capital de 74.478.096 € Siège social: Immeuble Le Galilée – 51, esplanade du Général de Gaulle 92907 La Défense Cedex (France)

389 191 800 RCS  Nanterre 

Page 190: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 190/274

GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum

69611 Villeurbanne

France

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 191: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 191/274

GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS130, rue Léon Blum69611 VilleurbanneFrance

CA   400 321/3   03/10/2006 006 04/06/2011 1/5

N° d’Instruction- Instruction   Date d’émission- Ist issue   Indice- Revision   Date de révision Page-Sheet Le présent document est à la propriété de ALSTOM.

Remis à titre confidentiel, il ne peut être communiqué à

des tiers ni utilisé ou reproduit qu’en stricte conformité

d’autorisations expresses préalables.

This document is the sole property of  ALSTOM. It is

submitted on a confidential basis and may not be

passed on to third parties, used or reproduced except

in exact accordance with prior express permission.

Este documento es propiedad de ALSTOM. Se entrega

confidencialmente. No puede ser comunicado, utilisado

ni reproducido por terceros si no es en estrica

conformidad con autorizaciones expresas previas.

Critère d'AcceptationACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

CRITERIOS DE ACEPTACIÓN 

QUALITÉ – QUALITY - CALIDAD 

ÉMETTEUR - EMISOR : QUALITE MONTAGEQUALITY DEPARTEMENT SERVICIO CALIDAD 04/06/2011

N° CRITÈRE D’ACCEPTATIONACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NUMBER N° DE CRITERIO DE ACEPTACIÓN CA 400 321/3INDICE : 006

OBJET - TITLE  :DISJONCTEUR FKG1X / XP / XV / XW A COMMANDE MECANIQUE FK3.12 - MONTAGE SITECIRCUIT BREAKER FKG1X / XP/ XV/ XW WITH SPRING MECHANISM FK3.12– SITE ERECTION DISYUNTOR MECANISMO  FKG1X / XP / XV / XW CON RESORTES FK3.12 – MONTAJE EN EL SITO 

-   DESTINATAIRES - EXEMPLARIES  :

REOCREUX Alain

ATTENCIA Bernard

THION René

GIL Véronique

VENARD Pierre

CHEVALIER helene

FARIS marc

Pas de poste OPM en diffusion

Rédacteur(s) :

Drafter visa Firma redactor RENON Patrick 

Approbateur(s) :

Approver visa Firma de aprobación

JACQUIER Frank 

Vérificateur(s) :

Supervisor visa Firma de verificación

ASTIC Yves 

Page 192: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 192/274

GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS130, rue Léon Blum69611 VilleurbanneFrance

CA   400 321/3   03/10/2006 006 04/06/2011 2/5

N° d’Instruction- Instruction   Date d’émission- Ist issue   Indice- Revision   Date de révision Page-Sheet 

VALIDITÉ – VALIDITY - VALIDEZ 

DISJONCTEUR - CIRCUIT BREAKER – DISYUNTOR    : FKG1X / XP / XV / XW

PRESSION SF6 - SF6 PRESSURE – PRESIÓN DE SF6    : Pre : 0,85 à 0,95 MPa (absolue)

COMMANDE : MÉCANIQUE FK3.12MECHANISM : SPRING MECHANISM FK3.12 MECANISMO : MECANISMO CON RESORTES FK3.12 

DÉFINITION DES DURÉES

DURÉE DE FERMETURE   :Intervalle de temps entre l'instantde mise sous tension du circuit defermeture et l 'instant où lescontacts se touchent dans tous lespôles.

DURÉE D'OUVERTURE   : Intervallede temps entre l'instant de mise soustension du déclencheur et l'instant dela séparation des contacts d'arc surtous les pôles (ou des contacts dusimulateur commandés par lacharge fictive).

DURÉE DE FERMETURE-OUVERTURE   : Intervalle de tempsentre l'instant où les contacts setouchent dans le premier pôlependant une manoeuvre defermeture, et l'instant où les contactsd'arc sont séparés dans tous lespôles pendant la manoeuvred'ouverture qui lui fait suite.

ÉCART DE SIMULTANÉITÉ ENTREPÔLES  : Pour la même manoeuvre,différence de temps maximale entre

les instants où les contacts de pôlesse touchent à la fermeture etdifférence de temps maximale entreles instants de séparation descontacts des pôles à l'ouverture.

TIME DEFINITION 

CLOSING TIME   : Interval of time between energizing the closing circuit and the instant when the contacts touch in all poles.

OPENING TIME   : Interval of time between the instant of energizing the opening release and the instant when the arcing contacts have separated in all poles (or simulator contacts controled by the dummy load).

CLOSE OPEN TIME   : Interval of time between the instant when the contacts touch in the first pole during a closing operation, and the instant when the arcing contacts have separated in all poles during the subsequent opening operation.

DEVIATION BETWEEN POLES   : For the same operation maximum deviation between the instants 

when the poles contacts touch during the closing operation and maximum deviation between the instants when the poles contacts are separated during the opening operation.

DEFINICION DE TIEMPO 

TIEMPO DE CIERRE   : Intervalo de tiempo entre la energización del circuito de cierre y el momento en que los contactos se tocan en todos los polos.

TIEMPO DE ABERTURA : Intervalo de tiempo entre el momento en que se energiza la desconexión de abertura y el momento en que los contactos de arco se separan en todos los polos.

TIEMPO DE CIERRE -  ABERTURA   Intervalo de tiempo entre el momento en que los contactos tocan el primer polo durante una operación de cierre y el momento en que los contactos de arco se han separado en todos los polos durante la operación de abertura subsiguiente.

DIFERENCIA DE SIMULTANEIDAD ENTRE POLOS : Para la misma maniobra, diferencia de tiempo 

máxima entre los instantes del encuentro de los contactos de los polos al cierre y diferencia de tiempo máxima entre los instantes de separación de los contactos de los polos al abertura.

Page 193: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 193/274

GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS130, rue Léon Blum69611 VilleurbanneFrance

CA   400 321/3   03/10/2006 006 04/06/2011 3/5

N° d’Instruction- Instruction   Date d’émission- Ist issue   Indice- Revision   Date de révision Page-Sheet 

DURÉES DE FONCTIONNEMENT (en ms à tension assignée)MECHANICAL OPERATING TIMES (in ms at rated voltage)  TIEMPOS DE FUNCIONAMIENTO MECANICA (en ms a la tensión nominal )

DURÉES DES CHAMBRES - TIMINGS OF CHAMBERS – TEMPORIZACIONES DE CAMARAS 

MANOEUVRE – OPERATION - OPERACIÓN  MinimumMínimo

MaximumMáximo

Fermeture – Closing- Cierre    85 100Ouverture O1 - Opening O1 – Abertura ( bobina de disparo 1 )    46 54Ouverture O2 - Opening O2– Abertura ( bobina de disparo 2 )    46 54Ouverture O2 par bobine à minimum de tension

Opening O2 with minimum voltage coil – Abertura A2 con bobina a mínimo de tensión  57 83

RE 3000Fermeture par relais - Closing with relay Cierre con relé    Allen Bradley   102 122

RE 3000Ouverture par relais - Opening with relay Abertura con relé    Allen Bradley   62 76Fermeture de CO - Closing of CO - Cierre de CA   85 100Ouverture de CO - Opening of CO –Abertura de CA   72 87CO -  CA   73 100

DURÉES DES CONTACTS AUXILIAIRES (en ms à tension assignée)TIMINGS OF AUXILIARY CONTACTS (in ms at rated voltage) TEMPORIZACIONES DE CONTACTO AUXILIARES (en ms a la tensión nominal) 

TYPE DE CONTACT - MANOEUVRETYPE CONTACT – OPERATION TIPO DE CONTACTO - OPERACIÓN

MinimumMínimo 

MaximumMáximo 

Type a / Tipo a  /Ouverture -Opening - Abertura) .   33 49Type b / Tipo b / Ouverture -Opening- Abertura    45 61

Type a / Tipo a  /Fermeture de CO -Closing of CO - Cierre de CA   90 114Type b/ Tipo b  /Fermeture de CO -Closing of CO - Cierre de CA   69 93Type a/ Tipo a  /Ouverture de CO -Opening of CO - Abertura de CA   58 82Type b / Tipo b  /Ouverture de CO -Opening of CO - Abertura de CA   74 92

Page 194: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 194/274

GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS130, rue Léon Blum69611 VilleurbanneFrance

CA   400 321/3   03/10/2006 006 04/06/2011 4/5

N° d’Instruction- Instruction   Date d’émission- Ist issue   Indice- Revision   Date de révision Page-Sheet 

ÉCART ENTRE POLES (en ms à tension assignée)DEVIATIONS BETWEEN POLES (in ms at rated voltage) DESVIACIONES ENTRE POLOS (en ms a la tensión nominal ) 

MANOEUVREOPERATION 

  MaximumMàximo 

Fermeture – Closing - Cierre    2.7Ouverture – Opening - Abertura    1.5

DURÉE DE REARME FK3.12 (en s à tension assignée)CHARGING TIME FK3.12 (in s at rated voltage)  TIEMPO DE CARGA DEL RESORTES FK3.12 (en s a la tensión nominal) 

Tension Moteur en VMotor Voltage in V 

Tensión motor en V 

MaximumMàximo 

Toutes – all - todos    12

DURÉE DE FONCTIONNEMENT IKG – MKG - SKG (en s à tension assignée)

MECHANICAL OPERATING TIMES IKG – MKG - SKG (in s at rated voltage) TIEMPOS DE FUNCIONAMIENTO IKG – MKG - SKG (en s a la tensión nominal) 

Maximum - Máximo Tension Moteur en VMotor Voltage in V 

Tensión motor en V    Fermeture – Closing - Cierre    Ouverture – Opening - Abertura 

toutes – all - todos    9.5 9.5

Page 195: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 195/274

GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS130, rue Léon Blum69611 VilleurbanneFrance

CA   400 321/3   03/10/2006 006 04/06/2011 5/5

N° d’Instruction- Instruction   Date d’émission- Ist issue   Indice- Revision   Date de révision Page-Sheet 

RESISTANCE DE CONTACT DU CIRCUIT PRINCIPAL(en

 

sous courant continu de 100A minimum)MAIN CIRCUIT RESISTANCE (in   with a 100A direct current) 

RESISTANCIA DEL CIRCUITO PRINCIPAL (en   con corriente continua de 100 A mínimo) 

MaximumMáximo 

Pôle complet sans connexion - Complete pole without connection/ Polo completo sin conexión    4.4

Sectionneur - Disconnector - Seccionador    4

Combiné FKG avec connexionGenerator circuit breaker FKG with connection 

Conjunto con conexión 

8.4

80 KA 3s100 KA 1s

  29

100 KA 3s120 KA 1s

  26

Sectionneur de terre complet – Complete earthing disconnector Seccionador de tierra completo 

160 KA 1s 32

Sectionneur de démarrage complet – Complete starting disconnector Seccionador de arranque completo    30

ALSTOM Grid SASSociété par actions simplifiée au capital de 74.478.096  €

Siège social: Immeuble Le Galilée – 51, esplanade du Général de Gaulle 92907 La Défense Cedex (France)

389 191 800 RCS Nanterre

Page 196: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 196/274

GRID

ALSTOM Grid SAS

130, rue Léon Blum

69611 Villeurbanne

France

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 197: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 197/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN071/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

Introduction   FKG1 circuit--breakers use pure SF6 gas as an arc quenching medium and

require only a reduced amount of maintenance.

Warning   Hazard of asphyxiationWhenever entering confined spaces there is a danger of death or seriousinjury by asphyxiation.

D  Make sure the confined spaces are properly ventilated before personnelenter.

D  Make sure a person outside of the confined space supervises the work.

D  Obey the look--out/tag--out and permit to work procedures.

D  Make sure escape routes are available and not blocked.

In this module   This module contains the following topics :

Topic Page

Maintenance plan of circuit--breaker 2

Maintenance plan of disconnector (if applicable) 3

Maintenance plan of earthing switch (if applicable) 4

Maintenance plan of starting disconnector (if applicable) 5

Maintenance operations of circuit--breaker 6

Maintenance operations of disconnector, earthing switch, and (or)

starting disconnector (where applicable)

8

Isolating the apparatus 9

Detail of circuit--breaker maintenance operations 10

Detail of maintenance operations of disconnector, earthing switchand (or) starting disconnector (where applicable)

15

Controls of replacement of the mechanical control mechanism 17

Equipment end life cycle 18

Page 198: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 198/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN072/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Maintenance plan of circuit --breaker(20000 guaranteed mechanical cycles)

Maintenancefrequency

Under normal operating conditions, the maintenance plan of circuit--breakermay be defined as follows :

Type ofexamination

  Frequency Comment

Maintenancevisits

  Once or twice a year

It is advisable to perform atleast 2 CO duty cycles peryear, when apparatus arescarcely used, in order tocheck that the circuit---breaker and associatedcontrol circuits are work-

ing properly.

Inspections Every five years

This necessitates circuit---breaker shutdown. It is notnecessary, however to dis-mantle interrupting chambersand other sub--assemblies.

Overhaul

Perform when one of the fol-lowing criteria is reached :

D  operating time  ≥  20 years

D  electric wear

D  Service life for the motor---driven fans (if applicable)  ≥

25,000 hours/fan

However, it is recommendedto proceed with inspection of the pole or circuit--breakerused the most, then to adaptthe maintenance programmefor the other breakersdepending on the resultsobserved.

Page 199: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 199/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN073/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Maintenance plan of disconnector (if applicable)(10000 guaranteed mechanical cycles)

Maintenancefrequency

Under normal operating conditions, the maintenance plan of disconnectormay be defined as follows :

Type ofexamination

  Frequency Comment

Maintenancevisits

  Once or twice a year

It is advisable to perform atleast 2 CO duty cycles peryear, when apparatus arescarcely used, in order tocheck that the disconnec-tor and associated controlcircuits are working prop-

erly.

Inspections Every five years  This necessitates disconnec-

tor shutdown.

Overhaul

Perform when one of the fol-lowing criteria is reached :

D  operating time  ≥  20 years

However, it is recommendedto proceed with inspection of the pole or disconnector usedthe most, then to adapt themaintenance programme forthe other apparatus depend-ing on the results observed.

Page 200: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 200/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN074/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Maintenance plan of earthing switch (if applicable)(10000 guaranteed mechanical cycles)

Maintenancefrequency

Under normal operating conditions, the maintenance plan of earthing switchmay be defined as follows :

Type ofexamination

  Frequency Comment

Maintenancevisits

  Once or twice a year

It is advisable to perform atleast 2 CO duty cycles peryear, when apparatus arescarcely used, in order tocheck that the earthingswitch and associated con-trol circuits are working

properly.

Inspections Every five years  This necessitates apparatus

shutdown.

Overhaul

Perform when one of the fol-lowing criteria is reached :

D  operating time  ≥  20 years

However, it is recommendedto proceed with inspection of the pole or earthing switchused the most, then to adaptthe maintenance programmefor the other apparatusdepending on the resultsobserved.

Intervention followinga guaranteed max-imum short--circuit

Under the specific conditions of a guaranteed maximum short--circuit, pro-ceed as below:

Type ofexamination

  Frequency Comment

Intervention  After a guaranteed

maximum short--circuit

After overhauling theearthing switch, it isrecommended that youcarry out at least 2 C--Ocycles with the aim ofchecking its correct func-tioning.

Page 201: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 201/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN075/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Maintenance plan of starting disconnector (if applicable)(10000 guaranteed mechanical cycles)

Maintenancefrequency

Under normal operating conditions, the maintenance plan of starting discon-nector may be defined as follows :

Type ofexamination

  Frequency Comment

Maintenancevisits

  Once or twice a year

It is advisable to perform atleast 2 CO duty cycles peryear, when apparatus arescarcely used, in order tocheck that the starting dis-connector and associatedcontrol circuits are work-

ing properly.

Inspections Every five years  This necessitates apparatus

shutdown.

Overhaul

Perform when one of the fol-lowing criteria is reached :

D  operating time  ≥  20 years

However, it is recommendedto proceed with inspection of the pole or starting discon-nector used the most, then toadapt the maintenance pro-gramme for the other appara-tus depending on the resultsobserved.

Page 202: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 202/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN076/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Maintenance operations of circuit --breaker(20000 guaranteed mechanical cycles)

Guide   The table below is a guide of the operations to be carried out at each mainte-nance stage :

MAINTENANCE VISITS (1 or 2 times a year)

INSPECTION  (every 5 years)

OVERHAUL  (OPERATING TIME : 20 years)

OVERHAUL (ELECTRICAL WEAR : see “Electrical wear limits”,module S51--051)

OVERHAUL (MECHANICAL OPERATIONS :10 000 cycles)

REVISION  for the ventilation (FKG1XP--XV--XW)(SERVICE LIFE:  ≥  25,000 hours/fan)

` J J J J   Operation counter reading.

` J J  Overall inspection : appearance (corrosion, paint-

work, signs of overheating).

J J J J   Inspect the insulating envelopes of poles.

` J J J J  Check the condition of crank lever assembly (axles,

retaining, clips,...).

` J J J J  Check operation of permanent heating. Check condi-

tion of air vents.

` J J J  Check SF6 pressure, (if the circuit breaker is supplied

with a permanent pressure gauge).

`

It is advisable to perform at least 2 CO duty cycles peryear,  when apparatus are scarcely used, in orderto check that circuit--breaker and associated controlcircuits are working properly.

` J J J  Check SF6 densimeter thresholds. Then adjust pres-

sure to its rated value.

` J J J  Measure operating times of poles and auxiliary con-

tacts, at rated voltage and pressure.

` J J J   Measure resistance of main contacts.

J J J  Check tightening of parts not subjected to pressure

(frame -- deck -- cubicle).

∗   J J J  Check tightening of low voltage terminals (∗ 6 months

after commissioning).J J J   Check relay operation.

J J J   Check latch operation.

J J J J  Carry out operations at recommended duties and

rated voltage.

J J   Change doors seals, sidepanels seal and roofs seals.

Legend : (J   Compulsory) (`   Recommended)

Continued on next page.

Page 203: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 203/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN077/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Maintenance operations of circuit --breaker, continued(20000 guaranteed mechanical cycles)

Guide, continued   The table below is a guide of the operations to be carried out at each mainte-nance stage :

MAINTENANCE VISITS (1 or 2 times a year)

INSPECTION  (every 5 years)

OVERHAUL  (OPERATING TIME : 20 years)

OVERHAUL (ELECTRICAL WEAR : see “Electrical wear limits”,module S51--051)

OVERHAUL (MECHANICAL OPERATIONS :10 000 cycles)

REVISION  for the ventilation (FKG1XP--XV--XW)(SERVICE LIFE:  ≥  25,000 hours/fan)

J   Change (or recondition) interrupting chambers.

J J   Change tightness seals of enclosure cover.

` J J   Check the condition of capacitors (if applicable).

` ̀ J J  Check the condition of current transformers (if appli-

cable).

` J J  Check thecondition of potential transformers (if appli-

cable).

` J J  Check the condition of lightning arresters (if applica-

ble).

J J J J  Check the tightness of C.B. envelope (if busbar is

under pressure).

J  Change tightness seals of enclosure cover (if applica-

ble).

J   Change the FK3--12 command.

J   Change the CB connector rod assy.

` ̀ J J  Check the condition of the motor--driven fans (if appli-

cable).

J  Change bearing of axial flow fans and centrifugal

fans.

Legend : (J   Compulsory) (`   Recommended)

Page 204: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 204/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN078/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Maintenance operations of disconnector, earthing switch, and (or) starting dis-connector  (where applicable)(10000 guaranteed mechanical cycles)

Guide   The table below is a guide of the operations to be carried out at each mainte-nance stage :

MAINTENANCE VISITS (1 or 2 times a year)

INSPECTION  (every 5 years)

OVERHAUL  (OPERATING TIME : 20 years)

INTERVENTION ON AN EARTHING SWITCH(following a guaranteed maximum short--circuit)

` J J   Check general condition of equipment : visual aspect (corro-sion, paint,...).

` J J   Check the condition of crank lever assembly (axles, retaining,clips,...).

` J J   Check control mechanism (CMK).

J J   Check tightening of elements (frame,cubicle,...).

J J   Inspect the insulating supports of poles.

` J   Inspect contacts.

` J   Measure pole operating times.

` J   Measure resistance of main contact.

J   Replace the earthing switch

Legend : (J   Compulsory) (`   Recommended)

Page 205: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 205/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN079/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Isolating the apparatus

Caution   DURING MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS ALL POSSIBLE SAFETY PRE-

CAUTIONS SHOULD BE TAKEN TO PROTECT PERSONNEL WORKINGON THE EQUIPMENT.

Reminder   The inspection and overhaul operations described in this section should al-ways be performed with the apparatus isolated, in other words :

D   main circuit “de-energized”,

D  earthed at extremities rendering it both mechanically,

D   electrically inoperative.

Caution   IF THESE SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS OR THOSE IN FORCE ON THE SITEWHERE EQUIPMENT IS BEING INSTALLED ARE IGNORED, THE PER-SONNEL MAY BE ENDANGERED.

Operations   D   perform, locally, an opening operation of the circuit-breaker,

D   perform, locally, an opening operation of the disconnector,

D  Check the open position of the starting disconnector (where applicable),and that the cable(s) connected to its terminals is de-energized and earthed.

D   close the earthing switch(es) (where applicable),

D   de-energize the monitoring control’s electric circuits,

D  earth live parts using the earthing rods, to discharge the capacitor, touchthe main area with an earthing.

Page 206: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 206/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN0710/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Detail of circuit--breaker maintenance operations

Removing the cover

(if applicable)

During certain operations, removal of the cover is indispensable.

The covers should be placed with enclosures, separately and on a flat surfa-ce.

Caution   GAS-PRESSURIZED ELEMENTS ARE EXPOSED TO AIR WHEN THECOVER IS REMOVED.

General conditionof the apparatus

The apparatus should be subjected to visual inspection. If patches of corro-sion are found begin reconditioning of the affected parts.The table below gives the process respecting surface finish and protection :

Support Inspection Action

Galvanizedsteel

  Oxidized parts

D   Thorough brushing of oxidizedparts.

D  Degreasing with solvent.

D   Application of a coat of zincpaint.

Paintedgalvanized

steelor

paintedaluminium

alloy

Light scratches

D  Thorough degreasing with sol-vent.

D  Application of a coat of lacquerusing a brush.

Deep scratchesor flaking

D   Scouring of paint surface with

emery paper 400.D   Thorough degreasing with solv-ent.

D  Application of a coat of primer,then drying for 24 h.

D  Application of a coat of polyure-thane lacquer using a brush.

Products used :

D  RUMCOAT EEVA primer by DERIVERY ref. 333103.

D   Polyurethane lacquer 780by DERIVERY, ref. depending on color of equip-ment.

Continued on next page.

Page 207: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 207/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN0711/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Detail of circuit--breaker maintenance operations, continued

Operation counter   Read indications given by the counter(s) and note these on the inspection

sheet ”Maintenance visits”.The number of circuit--breaker operations recorded influences future mainte-nance operations.

SF6 pressure gas   For a circuit--breaker equipped with a ”dial--type” SF6 gas densimeter, checkthe position of the needle.

See the module “SF6 gas monitoring”.

DILO STAUBLI

NOTE   : If observation confirm ”topping up” information, proceed asmodule ”Filling with SF6   gas”, or in the case of abnormally low pres-sure, find the origin of the leak and contact   ALSTOM Grid S.A. Cus-tomer.

Operating device   Air--vents should be clean, free of dust and unobstructed. If necessary cleanusing a solvent.

Make sure that the permanent resistors areworking properly by checking thatthese give off heat and that there are no overheating marks (a zone notoriousfor this).For thermally controlled resistors, check that energizing and de--energizingtakes place correctly at voltage supply terminals by means of a thermostat(recommended thermostat temperature : +5°C).If necessary, change resistors found to be defective.

Continued on next page.

Page 208: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 208/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN0712/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Detail of circuit--breaker maintenance operations, continued

Condition of crontrol

rod system

Check presence and condition of retaining clips and spacer washers on the

axles of the control rod/crank assembly.During all dismantling of the control rod assembly, replace the retaining clipsremoved by new ones of the same type. For correct orientation of clips seesection entitled : “ERECTION”.

Electrical densimeterthresholds

Check the electrical contact SF6 densimeter thresholds.If the values found are outside required tolerances replace the densimeter.

Operating times ofpoles and auxiliary

contacts

Measure the operating times of poles and auxiliary contacts, following proce-dure in section entitled : ”PRE-COMMISSIONING INSPECTIONS”.If the values found are outside those given in the document ”Acceptation Cri-teria” contact ALSTOM Grid S.A. Customer Service.

Measurement of con-tact resistance

see section “MESUARING MAIN CIRCUIT RESISTANCE”This operation must be performed for thefirst time at factory, the values foundare taken as a reference to judge how the apparatus evolves with time.

CAUTION : BEFORE ANY MEASUREMENTS ARE TAKEN IT IS ABSO-LUTELY NECESSARY THAT THE APPARATUS BE ELECTRICALLY ANDMECHANICALLY INOPERATIVE.

Tightening ofmountings

Check and adjust, with a torque wrench, the tightening torques of screws onsub--assemblies not subjected to gas pressure. The tightening torques aregiven in paragraph ”Tightening torques”.

TighteningLV terminals

With the electric cubicle out of service, check that the connectors and tips of conductors are tightened correctly and check the torque of connection mount-ings.Tool used : 4 mm diameter screw driver , for terminals of the ”Entrelec” type(for example).

CAUTION : SCREWS ON TERMINALS MUST NOT BE OVER--TIGHT-ENED.

Relay operation   Check relay operation by executing the following circuit--breakersequences :

D  closing lock--out,

D   automatic opening,

D  anti--pumping.

Continued on next page.

Page 209: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 209/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN0713/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Detail of circuit--breaker maintenance operations, continued

Insulating envelopes   Check the condition of insulating envelopes, these should be free from impact

marks, splintering, cracks, dust deposits, pollution etc...If necessary, clean these using a dry rag.If anomalies are found contact :ALSTOM Grid SA, Customer Service in order to change thedefective parts.

Interruptingchambers

Check the condition of interrupting chambers. This operation necessitatescomplete dismantling of the interrupting chamber to gain access to the ele-mentsto be inspected andshouldobligatorily be performed by ALSTOM GridSA, Customer Service  -- to be contacted before all operations of this kind,preferably at the maintenance planning stage.

Continued on next page.

Page 210: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 210/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN0714/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Detail of circuit--breaker maintenance operations, continued

CAUTION : INSPECTION CANCOMMENCEONLY AFTER THECAPACI-

TOR HAS BEEN DISCHARGED AND EARTHED IN A DURABLE WAY.IF THESE SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED, THE PERSONNELMAY BE ENDANGERED.

Capacitors(if applicable)

Check condition of capacitors as follows :

D  clean capacitor insulating surfaces using a dry cloth,

D   check tightening torque of capacitor mountings on the flange of the enclo-sure, if need be, change sealing washers,

D  make sure that there are no traces of oil or moisture on the capacitors,

D   check the braid connection between the capacitor and the circuit-breaker

casing.

Current transformers(if applicable)

Check condition of transformers as follows :

D  clean transformer insulating surfaces using a dry cloth,

D  check electrical connections on CT terminal blocks and cubicle,

D  check attachment of CT to the enclosure, tightening to supporting studtorque.

D   inspect, where applicable, the CT’s braid connection to the mainconductor,for CT with an electrostatic shield.

Potentialtransformers(where applicable)

Check condition of potential transformers as follows :D  clean potential transformer insulating surfaces using a dry cloth,

D  check electrical connections on PT terminal blocks and cubicle,

D  check attachment of potential transformer, tightening torque,

D  inspect, the attachments of the braid connection of potential transformer.

Lightning arrester(where applicable)

Check condition of lighting arrester as follows :

D  clean lightning arrester insulating surfaces using a dry cloth,

D  check attachments of lightning arrester to the pole, tightening torque.

Tightness ofenclosure(if applicable)

If the enclosure is under pressure, check the tightness of cover seals by ap-plying a soap solution around the entire periphery of the cover.

 Also check tightness of all the enclosure viewports.

Replacement of en-closure cover seals(if applicable)

Refer affected section “REPLACEMENT OF ENCLOSURE COVERSEALS”.

Page 211: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 211/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN0715/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Detail of circuit--breaker maintenance operations, continued

Changing the FK3--12   When carrying out the 10,000 cycle servicing the circuit breaker’s FK3--12

operating mechanism should be changed. This operation must be carried outby ALSTOM Grid S.A., Customer Services, who should be contacted priorto all interventions of this type during the planning phase.

Changingthe connectorRod assembly

When carrying out the 10,000 cycle servicing the circuit breaker’s connectorrod assembly should also be changed.This operation must be carried out by ALSTOM Grid S.A., Customer Ser-vices, who should be contacted prior to all interventions of this type duringthe planning phase.

Replacement of bea-ring motor--drivenfans(if applicable)

In case of anomaly in the state of the bearing of the motor--driven fans, con-tact:ALSTOM Grid S.A., Customer Service, in order to envisage changing thedeteriorated parts.

Page 212: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 212/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN0716/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Detail of maintenance operations of disconnector, earthing switch and (or)starting disconnector (where applicable)

General condition ofequipment

To be dealt with during the foreseen circuit--breaker interventions.

Condition of controlrod system

Inspection of the control rod system will be performed at the same time as theforeseen circuit--breaker interventions.

Mechanical controlmechaism

Check condition of the mechanical control mechanism -- tightness of seals,moving parts, protection of the various elements...

Tightening ofmountings To be dealt with during the foreseen circuit--breaker interventions.

Relay operation   To be dealt with during the foreseen circuit--breaker interventions.

Pole insulatingsupports

Check the condition of insulating supports ; these should be free from impactmarks, splintering, cracks, dust deposits, pollution etc...Clean with a dry rag.If anomalies are found on pole insulating supports, contact  ALSTOM Grid

S.A. Customer Service.

Pole contacts   These contacts are inspected with the cover removed, the disconnector de--energized and earthed ; this state is equallyvalid for the previous inspections.Measurecontactresistancebetween thedisconnector’s input andoutput ter-minals to appreciate how the condition of these contacts has evolved.Inspect silver-plating of contact fingers and tube no patches of copper shouldbe visible. If this is not the case, contact ALSTOM Grid S.A. Customer Ser-vice.

Operating times   Measure operating times of poles and auxiliary contacts as explained in sec-tion entitled : “PRE-COMMISSIONING INSPECTIONS AND TESTS”.

If the values found are outside those given in the document “Acceptation Cri-teria”, contact  ALSTOM Grid S.A. Customer Service.

Measurement of con-tact resistance

To be dealt with during the foreseen circuit--breaker interventions.

Replacing the earth-ing switch

In case of an anomaly following a guaranteed maximum overcurrent, contact:ALSTOM Grid S.A., Customer Service, in order to envisage changing thedeteriorated parts.Overhauling necessitates de--energizing the equipment.

Page 213: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 213/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN0717/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Replacing the mechanical interruptor switch controls

Checking the direc-

tion of rotation

Note the supply voltage of motors on the operating mechanism terminals.

Conditions valid for mechanisms fitted to the earthing switch(es).

D  Direction of operating mechanism rotation

-- Check that all keys required for unlocking are present.

-- Using the crank, place the operating mechanism in intermediary positionbetween fully open and fully closed.

-- Give an opening order locally by a brief impulse on the opening push--button situated in the control cubicle and interrupt IMMEDIATELY powersupplies to the motor and monitoring control.

Caution   THE INTERRUPTION OF ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLIES MUST BE IM-

MEDIATE. IF THE APPARATUS OPERATES IN THE OPPOSITE DIREC-TION TO THE ORDER GIVEN : RISK OF SERIOUS DAMAGE TO EQUIP-MENT AND DANGER FOR PERSONNEL WORKING ON IT.

-- Check that the operating direction corresponds with the order given.

-- If the disconnector operates in the opposite direction to theorder given, ex-change two of the motor supply wires at arrival in the control cubicle.

D   Operating

Check that the disconnector is operating correctly by performing a series of 5 opening--closing sequences by means of the local electric operating mecha-nism.

Page 214: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 214/274

Maintenance

Maintenance plan

G51--001EN0718/18

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Equipment end life cycle

Recycling   Do not evacuate the SF6 gas in the atmosphere.It contributes to the green-

house effect.Pleasecontact ALSTOMGrid S.A. Customer Service; ourservicesdepart-ment who will make an offer proposal for equipment recycling.

Page 215: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 215/274

Maintenance

Electrical wear limits

G51--051EN031/2

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Electrical wear limits

Estimation   Electrical wear can be determined by means of the curve below. This curve corre-

sponds with the formula :

0<I<10 kAΣI1.2 <12000 kA1.2 (*)

(*) Normal guarantee. In certain special operation conditions, other values may beguaranteed.

Diagram   Electrical endurance load current

     N    u    m     b    e

    r    o     f     i    n     t    e    r    r    u    p     t     i    o    n    s

1

10

100

1 000

10 000

100 000

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160

kA

Current tables   Admissible short circuit currents:

Current (kA) Number of interruptions

160 2

140 2

120 3

100 4

80 6

63 10

Page 216: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 216/274

Maintenance

Electrical wear limits

G51--051EN032/2

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 217: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 217/274

Installation

Electrical contact densimeter threshold inspection

G51--101EN031/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

Introduction   To realize the electrical contact densimeter threshold inspection, it is

imperative to isolate the densimeter volume from the pole SF6 gas volume.

Warning   Hazard of asphyxiationWhenever entering confined spaces there is a danger of death or seriousinjury by asphyxiation.

D  Make sure the confined spaces are properly ventilated before personnelenter.

D  Make sure a person outside of the confined space supervises the work.

D  Obey the look--out/tag--out and permit to work procedures.

D  Make sure escape routes are available and not blocked.

Inspection steps   The electrical contact densimeter inspection must be done in several steps :

Step Topic Page

 A Isolating the densimeter 2

B Densimeter inspection 3

C Placing the densimeter in communication with the SF6

volume4

Page 218: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 218/274

Installation

Electrical contact densimeter threshold inspection

G51--101EN032/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Isolating the densimeter

Process   To isolate the densimeter only unscrew the nuts (1) on the 3 poles, which

close the valves “DILO” and densimeter isolation (2).

1

2

1

POLE 1

POLE 3

POLE 2

      G     A      S

NOTUNSCREW

      G     A      S

Page 219: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 219/274

Installation

Electrical contact densimeter threshold inspection

G51--101EN033/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Densimeter inspection

Pressure gauge

connection (tool)

The table below gives the steps of the pressure gauge connection (tool) :

Step Action

1 Remove the plug (10).

2 Install the filling tool (14).

3 Undo the valve--cap (15).

4 Connect up the 0--1 MPa pressure inspection gauge (11) by meansof its tube (12).

14

15

11 12

10

Testing   The table below gives the steps of densimeter testing :

Step Action Comment/Diagram

1 Connect a test lamp to the “Alarm

pressure for the insulation”   paedensimeter threshold.

Connection to the terminal

block of the operating mecha-nism in accordance with theelectrical diagram.

2 Calculate the effective pressure atwhich the “Alarm pressure for theinsulation”   pae   contact switchesover -- corrected in keeping withtemperature and local atmospher-ic pressure.

Value  pae see technical char-acteristics.

3   D   Create a leak by pressing on thepressure inspection gauge valve(13), making sure that the contactswitches over at the previously

calculated value.

D   Proceed in the same way tocheck the contact of “Minimalpressure for the insulation”  pme.

11

13

If one of the thresholds doesnot comply with the specifiedvalue, replace the densimeter.

4 When the test is finished, discon-nect the tube of the pressure in-spection gauge. Put the valve--cap(15) back and remove the fillingtool (14).   14

10

15

5 Reinstall the plug (10), applying atightening torque of 4 daN.m, leaktightness is only guaranteed if

this condition is respected.

Page 220: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 220/274

Installation

Electrical contact densimeter threshold inspection

G51--101EN034/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Placing the densimeter in communication with the SF6 volume

Process   To put in communication the densimeter tighten torque the nuts only (1) on

3 poles, which allow to open the valves “DILO” and put into communicationof the densimeter (2).

1

2

1

POLE 1

POLE 3

POLE 2

      G     A      S

NOTUNSCREW

      G     A      S

11 daNm

Page 221: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 221/274

Maintenance

Replacing the electrical contact densimeter

G51--161EN021/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

Introduction   After inspection of the electrical contact densimeter threshold, if one of the

thresholds does not comply with the specified value, replace the densimeter.

State of densimeter   The densimeter has been checking and its volume is isolated from the poleSF6 gas volume.

In this module   The replacing of the electrical contact densimeter must be done in severalsteps :

Step Topic Page

 A Removing the densimeter 2

B Installing the new densimeter 3

C Placing the densimeter in communication with the SF6volume

4

Page 222: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 222/274

Maintenance

Replacing the electrical contact densimeter

G51--161EN022/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Removing the densimeter

Process   The table below gives the steps of removing the densimeter :

Importantinformation

The densimeter has been checking   and its volume is isolated from thepole SF6 gas volume. (see module ...51--101)

Step Action Diagram

1   D  Disconnect the cable (22) of the densimeter (2).

2

22

      G     A      S

2   D   Press on the valve of the fill-ing tool (14), venting to atmo-spherethevolumeofthedensi-meter.

14

3 Once venting to atmosphere isfinished :

D   Replace the valve--cap (15)on the filling tool (14).

D  Remove the filling tool (14).   14

10

15

4 Reinstall the plug (10), apply-ing a tightening torque of 4 daN.m,   leak tightness isonly guaranteed if this con-dition is respected

.5   D   Unscrew and Remove the

densimeter (1) of the SF6checking block (2).

D   Remove and destroy seal(23).

123

2

Page 223: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 223/274

Maintenance

Replacing the electrical contact densimeter

G51--161EN023/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the new densimeter

Process   The table below gives the steps of installing the densimeter :

Step Action Diagram

6 Assemblyprincipleanddensi-meter direction :

D   Prepare the new densimeter(1) with new seal (23).

D   Thighten the screw (3) onthe block (2) with a gap of 2mm,

D  Maintain the screw (3) inposition (gap 2 mm) andscrew the densimeter (1) and

unscrew it in order to install iton requested position.

D  Tighten the screw (3) tight-ening torque 8 daNm in orderto fix the densimeter.

1232

2mm

3

7   D   Connect thecable (22) of thedensimeter (2).

22

2

Page 224: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 224/274

Maintenance

Replacing the electrical contact densimeter

G51--161EN024/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Placing the densimeter in communication with the SF6 volume

Process   To put in communication the densimeter tighten torque the nuts only (1) on

3 poles, which allow to open the valves “DILO” and put into communicationof the densimeter (2).

1

2

1

POLE 1

POLE 3

POLE 2

      G     A      S

NOTUNSCREW

      G     A      S

11 daNm

Page 225: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 225/274

Maintenance

Replacement of enclosure cover seals

G51--202EN061/6

11--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

Introduction   During the erection of the circuit--breaker, some particular mounting or check-

ing operations will be realized.

Parts concerned   Cover seals of enclosures FKG1 -- SKG1 -- IKG1 circuit--breaker and discon-nector.

Page 226: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 226/274

Maintenance

Replacement of enclosure cover seals

G51--202EN062/6

11--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Preparing and installing static seals

Necessary products   List of the ALSTOM products necessary :

 ALSTOMreference

  Diagram Designation

--01861262 Can of ISOPROPANOL (1l)

--01831320 ABRASIVE PAPER A 400

--02212334 RAG

Page 227: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 227/274

Maintenance

Replacement of enclosure cover seals

G51--202EN063/6

11--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Preparing and installing static seals

Process for

FKG1N / 1F / 1X and SKG1 / IKG1

The table below gives the steps of replacing cover seals :

Step Action Comment

1 Remove the damagedseals.

2 Sand if necessary to re-move all remaining glue.

3 De--grease using isopropylalcohol until all traces of theadhesive have beenremoved.

Using a clean rag

4 Bring the ends of the newseal together, applying abevelled cut on both, andplace it.

45o

5 Assemble the half--covers,applying recommendedtorques on screws.

Refer to the procedure“Connection with prepara-tion of contact surfaces”,see summary for reference(...31-50.). x38

x48FKG1F / 1X

x40

FKG1N

3.2 daNm

Vaseline

x28SKG1

 / IKG1

HM10--35

Page 228: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 228/274

Maintenance

Replacement of enclosure cover seals

G51--202EN064/6

11--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Preparing and installing static seals

Process for

FKG1F / 1X 

The table below gives the steps of replacing cover seals :

Step Action Comment

6 Fit the seals by folding overtheextremities into theslotsin the cover

seal

7 Removetheprotection gas-ketsRefer to the procedure“Connection with prepara-tion of contact surfaces”,see summary for reference(...31-50.).

 x6

HM8--30

 x8 x18

1F / 1X

 x6 x10 x16

1.6 daNm

Vaseline

Page 229: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 229/274

Maintenance

Replacement of enclosure cover seals

G51--202EN065/6

11--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Preparing and installing static seals

Process for

FKG1XP / XV / XW

The table below gives the steps of replacing cover seals :

Step Action Comment

1 Remove the damagedseals.

2 Sand if necessary to re-move all remaining glue.

3 De--grease using isopropylalcohol until all traces of theadhesive have beenremoved.

Using a clean rag

4 Bring the ends of the newseal together, applying abevelled cut on both, andplace it.

45o

5 Assemble the half--covers,applying recommendedtorques on screws.Refer to the procedure“Connection with prepara-tion of contact surfaces”,

see summary for reference(...31-50.).

3.2 daNm

Vaseline

HM10--35

1XP / 1XV / 1XW

.A = x 44 / x36 / x32

Page 230: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 230/274

Maintenance

Replacement of enclosure cover seals

G51--202EN066/6

11--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Preparing and installing static seals

Process for

FKG1XP / XV / XW

The table below gives the steps of replacing cover seals :

Step Action Comment

6 Fit the seals by folding overtheextremities into theslotsin the cover

seal

7 Removetheprotection gas-ketsRefer to the procedure“Connection with prepara-tion of contact surfaces”,see summary for reference(...31-50.).

1.6 daNm

Vaseline

HM8--30

1XP / 1XV / 1XW

 x6 / x6 / x6

 x8 / x8 / x8

 x4 / x4 / x4

.B2 =

.B3 =

.B1 =

.A.B2

.B1

.B1

.A

.B3

Page 231: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 231/274

Maintenance

Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments

G51--500EN011/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

Introduction   The GCB is comprinsing one or two supports of GCB equipments according

to the user need.DS.side, equipped support and (or) disconnector side with:

1 capacitor1 surge arrestor

GCB side and (or) disconnector with :1 or 2 VT’s with or without fuse,1 or 2 CT.

Illustration (800nf)

(400nf)

(50--100--200nf)

In this module   This module contains the following topics :

Topic Page

Isolating the apparatus. 2

To remove the supports equipped. 3

To remove the equipments (VT’s, CT, capacitors, surge arrestor). 5

Equipped supports assembly. 9

Page 232: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 232/274

Maintenance

Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments

G51--500EN012/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Isolating of apparatus

Caution   DURING MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS ALL POSSIBLE SAFETY PRE-

CAUTIONS SHOULD BE TAKEN TO PROTECT PERSONNEL WORKINGON THE EQUIPMENT.

Reminder   The inspection and overhaul operations described in this section should al-ways be performed with the apparatus isolated, in other words :

D   main circuit “de-energized”,circuit--breaker “open”disconnector “open”

D   starting disconnector “open”

D  grounding of each extremity

E.S in closed position (1 or 2).D  mechanically and electrically out of service.

Caution   IF THESE SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS OR THOSE IN FORCE ON THE SITEWHERE EQUIPMENT IS BEING INSTALLED ARE IGNORED, THE PER-SONNEL MAY BE ENDANGERED.

Page 233: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 233/274

Maintenance

Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments

G51--500EN013/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Remove of the equipped supports, continued

Remove

the roof covers

SEE MODULE FOR INTERVENTION “DISASSEMBLY OF THE ENCLO-

SURE COVERS”.

Capacitorsdisconnecting

Disconnect the braides from the capacitors  (bolts A1) :(Applicable according to the user configuration)

x1

CHC M10--35

.A1

.A1

.A1

.A

Surge arestorsdisconnecting

Disconnect the braides from the surge arrestors (bolts B1)  :(Applicable according to the user configuration)

x1CHC M8--20

.B1

.B1

.B1

.B

Continued on next page.

Page 234: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 234/274

Maintenance

Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments

G51--500EN014/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Remove of the equipped supports, continued

Equipped supports

removal

To mark the position and remove the equipped supports  (bolts C1) :

(Applicable according to the user configuration)

x4CHC M10--35

.C1

.C1

.C1

.C1

.C1

.C

Page 235: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 235/274

Maintenance

Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments

G51--500EN015/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Removal capacitors and surge arrestors,

Remove

the equipments

Mark the location and remove the capacitors if necessary  (bolts C2--C3).

Mark the location and remove the surge arrestors if necessary  (bolts D1).

.C2

.D1

HM10--25

x4

.D1

.C2.C2

.C3

.C

.D

HM10--30

x4

.C3

HM12--35

x4

Page 236: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 236/274

Maintenance

Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments

G51--500EN016/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Remove of the VT’s,

 VT’s disconnectingTo mark and disconnect the electrical supply of the VT terminal  (E).

Disconnect the VT’s braides :(according to the user configuration)

D  without fuse disconnect the braides from the case  (E1).

D  with fuse disconnect the braide from the fuse (E2).

x1

.E2

x1

H M10--16

.E1

H M10--16

HM8--12

M6--12

x1

x5Secondaryterminals

Primaryterminal

.EH1

H2

.E2

.E1

Continued on next page.

Page 237: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 237/274

Maintenance

Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments

G51--500EN017/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Remove of the VT’s equipped ,

Remove

the equipments

remove the fuse if necessary  (bolts F1).

Mark the location and remove the VT’s if necessary  (bolts G1).

.G

.F

1

1

2

.G

.F

x4H M8--20

.G1

x4

CHC M4--10

.F1

.F1

.F1

.G1

Continued on next page.

Page 238: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 238/274

Maintenance

Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments

G51--500EN018/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Remove of the current transformer,

Process   To mark and disconnect the electrical supply of the CT terminal (H1)

Remove   (bolts H2)   the connecting braids side CB if necessary (seeVS...GAD01D).Mark the location and remove the CT if necessary  (bolts H3).

.H

.H2

.H2

SCREWS

SUPPLY FOLLOWING CUSTOMERCOMMAND(ORDER)

x4

H M16--35.H3

.H1

.H3

Continued on next page.

Page 239: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 239/274

Maintenance

Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments

G51--500EN019/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Equipments removal

Procedure   Reinstall the TC, VT’s, capacitors and surge arrestors on the supports

respecting the location marks during the disassembly, using the bolts (A--B---C--E--F) to refer disassemble procedure and proceed as follows :

D  Reinstall the supports equipped on the top of GCB enclosure.

D   Prepare the electrical contact surfaces (see module “Connection with elec-trical surfaces preparation”).

D  Reinstall the grounding braid of the VT to the enclosure

D   Reconnect the terminals and check the elementary diagram(VS......EDD01D).

D   Tightening torque application (see module “Tightening torques”).

ATTENTION :   Respect the specific tightening torque on the VT’s as hereaf-

ter .

J :-- Primary (braide) HM10--20 =  1.5 daNm-- Primary (braide grounding to the GCB enclosure)HM8--12 = 0.8 daNm-- Secondary M6--12 =  0.3 daNm.

NOTE :   The lenght of the braides shall be respected as initial location

HM8--12

M6--12

x1

x5Secondaryterminals

Primaryterminal

.JH1

H2

HM10--20

1.5daNm

0.3daNm

0.8 daNm

Page 240: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 240/274

Maintenance

Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments

G51--500EN0110/10

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 241: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 241/274

Maintenance

Troubleshooting

G52--001EN031/2

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Troubleshooting

Failures’ table   The table here below gives the exemples of presumed failures including the

remedical measures :

EXAMPLE OF TROUBLE 1 :  Operating mechanism does not performopening or closing operation

Cause of the presumed failure Remedical measures

D  Tripping voltage lacking ?

D  Coil defective ?

D  Auxiliairy contacts do not transmitthe order ?

D   ...

D  Secure the supply voltage

D  Replace the coil

D   Proceed to adjust the auxiliarycontacts

D  Position checking of spring condi-tion

D   ...

EXAMPLE OF TROUBLE 2 :  Spring operating mechanism does notcharge automatically

Cause of the presumed failure Remedical measures

D M.c.b. tripped ?

D  Supply voltage lacking ?

D  Motor defective ?

D  Relay defective ?

D   ...

D Switch the m.c.b. on

D  Secure the supply voltage

D  Replace the motor

D  Replace the relay

D   ...

EXAMPLE OF TROUBLE 3 :  Incorrect contact in the operating mecha-nism due to the corrosion

Cause of the presumed failure Remedical measures

D  Heating m.c.b. tripped ?

D  Heating voltage lacking ?

D  Heating resistor defective ?

D  Mechanism housing not tight

D   ...

D  Switch the m.c.b. on

D  Secure the heating voltage

D  Replace the heating plate

D  Check the housing seals, if neces-sary replace them.

D   ...

Continued on next page.

Page 242: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 242/274

Maintenance

Troubleshooting

G52--001EN032/2

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Troubleshooting, continued

Failures’ table   The table here below gives the presumed failures including the remedical

measures.

EXAMPLE OF TROUBLE 4 :  SF6 gas loss

Cause of the presumed failure Remedical measures

D   SF6 loss up to 1st alarm

D   SF6   manometer defective or theSF6 pipe.

D  Continuity of the SF6 gas loss

D   ...

D  Normal reinflate the SF6 gas afterroughly 4 to 5 years.

D   Check the tightness with leakdetector and change if necessary the

manometer or pipe.D   Contact : ALSTOM Grid S.A. Cus-tomer Service.

D   ...

Warning   In case of not solved failures, contact : ALSTOM Grid S.A. Customer Ser-vice.

Page 243: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 243/274

Tooling

Tooling and accessories

G60--001EN141/8

03--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

Introduction   Special tooling is necessary for : commissioning,   maintenance of the circuit--breaker or disconnector.

Only the tools and accessories specified on ordering are delivered. Commer-cially available tools (e.g. : spanners, torque wrenches, spirit levels...) are notsupplied.

In this module   This module contains the following topics :

Topic Page

Special tools 2

 Accessories 4

Page 244: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 244/274

Tooling

Tooling and accessories

G60--001EN142/8

03--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Special tools

Table of special

tools

The table below gives the ALSTOM special tools :

NUMBER DESIGNATION USE

D001875..

EMPTYTRANSPORT CASE

Transport of SF6   gasfilling tools and controltools.

N55000401

FILLING TOOL   SF6   filling, topping---up.

--02842117N55161602

PRESSURE GAUGE

SF6   filling, topping---up. Inspection of densimeter thresh-olds.

--02557208N55161601

PRESSUREREDUCER

SF6   filling, topping---up.

Continued on next page.

Page 245: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 245/274

Tooling

Tooling and accessories

G60--001EN143/8

03--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Special tools, continued

Table of special tools,

continued

The table below gives the continuation of ALSTOM special tools :

NUMBER DESIGNATION USE

D00001901

OPTION

LEAK DE-TECTOR

Checking gas---tightness of SF6

filling plug. SF6leak detection.

--02861501

  TEST LAMP

Inspection of  densimeterthresholds.Inspection of in-

terruption contactwear.

HB0006053010

ONLYCRANK 

(FK3--12)

CRANK + TIP

(CMK)

Spring reloading.

Sheath 1N/Flg=1100

V0007825002

Sheath1X/XV/XW

lg=1400

V0007825003

+

LIFTINGGIRDER

FKG1N/1F1X/XP/1XV/-XW

Handling disas-

sembled circuit---breaker.

Page 246: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 246/274

Tooling

Tooling and accessories

G60--001EN144/8

03--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Special tools, continued

Table of special tools,

continued

The table below gives the continuation of ALSTOM special tools :

NUMBER DESIGNATION USE

Distancebetweenphases

1200 at 1500V0008009006

1500 at 1800V0008009007

LIFTINGGIRDER

FKG1N/F/X/-XP/XV/XW

Handlingassembledcircuit--breaker.

Distancebetweenphases

700 at 1100HB0009931003

LIFTINGGIRDERFKG1N/F

Handlingassembledsingle circuit---breaker withenclosure.

Page 247: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 247/274

Tooling

Tooling and accessories

G60--001EN145/8

03--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Special tools, continued

Table of special tools,

continued

The table below gives the continuation of ALSTOM special tools :

NUMBER DESIGNATION USE

Distancebetweenphases

700 at 1100HB0009806001

LIFTINGGIRDERFKG1N/F

Handlingassembledsingle circuit---breaker withoutenclosure.

Distancebetweenphases

700 at 1100

HB0009806004

Lifting of poles

Lifting of con-trols

+

LIFTINGGIRDER

FKG1N/F

Handlingassembledsingle circuit---breaker without

enclosure   (sepa-rate elements)

HB0009931010

LIFTINGGIRDER

SKG1/IKG1

Handlingassembledsingle discon-nector.

Page 248: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 248/274

Tooling

Tooling and accessories

G60--001EN146/8

03--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Accessories

Table of accessories   The table below gives the ALSTOM accessories :

NUMBER DESIGNATION USE

--01861472

42 kg

SF6 BOTTLE SF6 filling topping--up.

--01861471

20 kg

SF6 BOTTLE SF6 filling topping--up.

--01818336  LOCTITE 262

(50 ml)  Screw locking.

--01818327  LOCTITE 225

(250 ml)  Screw sealing.

--01835208or

--01835205

MOBILPLEX47GREASE

or

MOBILUX EP3GREASE

Lubricating screws be-fore tightening to

torques.

--01835106 VASELINE 204--9  Preparation of electri-

cal contact surfaces.

Continued on next page.

Page 249: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 249/274

Tooling

Tooling and accessories

G60--001EN147/8

03--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Accessories, continued

Table of accessories,

continued

The table below gives the continuation of ALSTOM accessories :

NUMBER DESIGNATION USE

--01835118  CONTACTAL

GREASEPreparation of electri-cal contact surfaces.

--01831320  ABRASIVE PAPER

 A 400Preparation of electri-cal contact surfaces.

--02212337  SCOTCH BRITE

 A -- VFPreparation of electri-cal contact surfaces.

--02212334 RAG  Preparation of electri-

cal contact surfaces.

--02211842   ROUND BRUSHNo.4 Preparation of electri-cal contact surfaces.

--02211831 BRUSH No.16  Preparation of electri-

cal contact surfaces.

Page 250: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 250/274

Tooling

Tooling and accessories

G60--001EN148/8

03--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 251: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 251/274

Tooling

Installing short--circuit bars

G61--001EN061/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

Introduction   Special tools necessary are used for the pre--commissioning of the generator.

Table of specialtools

The table below gives the ALSTOM special tools :

Diagram Designation Number

Terminal 3

Short--circuit bar 2

Shim (FKG1N--F) (SKG1) 3

Terminal support(FKG1X--XP--XV--XW)

  2

HM12--75

Screw 24

HM12--70Screw 32

M12   Washer 88

M12   Nut 32

Page 252: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 252/274

Tooling

Installing short--circuit bars

G61--001EN062/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Removing covers, (If applicable).

Removing covers   Refer to the procedure “Removing (Re--install) the covers of the circuit brea-

ker”, see summary for reference.

Page 253: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 253/274

Tooling

Installing short--circuit bars

G61--001EN063/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Preparation of electrical contact surfaces

Process   Prepare the contact surfaces, (grey tint areas of the elements above).

Refer to the procedure “Connection withpreparation of contact surfaces”, seesummary for reference (...31-50.),and to the procedure “Tightening torques”, see summary for reference(...31-001).

...31-50.

...31-001

FKG--SKG N/F

FKG X/XP/XV/XW

Page 254: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 254/274

Tooling

Installing short--circuit bars

G61--001EN064/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the short--circuit bars

Install the terminals

FKG1N --F -- SKG1N--F

Install the terminal with the shim on each pole (FKG1N--F) or (SKG1N--F)

using screws and tighten to the recommended torque.Refer to the procedure “Connection withpreparation of contact surfaces”, seesummary for reference.

50% vaseline

+ 50% contactal

...31-50.

HM12--75

x24

5 daNm

x3

. A

. A

x3

FKG1SKG1

Continued on next page.

Page 255: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 255/274

Tooling

Installing short--circuit bars

G61--001EN065/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the short--circuit bars

Install the terminals

(FKG1X--XP--XV--XW)

Install the terminal on the support (FKG1X/XP/XV/XW) on each pole using

screws and tighten to the recommended torque.Refer to the procedure “Connection withpreparation of contact surfaces”, seesummary for reference.

50% vaseline

+ 50% contactal

...31-50.

HM12--75

x24

5 daNm

x3

. A

. A

x3

Continued on next page.

Page 256: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 256/274

Tooling

Installing short--circuit bars

G61--001EN066/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Installing the short--circuit bars,  continued

Install

the connection bars(FKG1N--F--X--XP--XV---

 XW) -- (SKG1N--F)

Install the two short--circuit bars between each pole using screws and tighten

to the recommended torque.

Refer to the procedure “Connection withpreparation of contact surfaces”, seesummary for reference.

50% vaseline

+ 50% contactal

...31-50.

HM12--70

x32

5 daNm

. A

x2

. A

x2

Page 257: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 257/274

End of equipment service life

Dismantling and recovery of components

from a circuit breaker

G80--000EN021/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

In this module   This module contains the following subjects:

Subject Page

I -- Introduction 2

II -- General remarks 3

III -- Categories and treatment of the materials:1 -- Treatment of the SF6 gas2 -- Materials to be recycled3 -- Waste products to be destroyed by incineration4 -- Special wastes

4--5

Page 258: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 258/274

End of equipment service life

Dismantling and recovery of components

from a circuit breaker

G80--000EN022/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

I -- Introduction

During the elimination phase for a High Voltage gas insulated circuit

breaker, at the end of its service life, the quality of the treatment of wastesgenerated represents the essential environmental aspect.

This manual proposes, for each element of a High Voltage gas insulatedcircuit breaker, the recommended method of elimination for the variousmaterials it comprises, as well as any possible precautions to be taken.

Page 259: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 259/274

End of equipment service life

Dismantling and recovery of components

from a circuit breaker

G80--000EN023/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

II -- General remarks

It is necessary to proceed with a maximum amount of dismantling, so as to

ensure the best recycling possible of the materials.

Various categories of materials can be distinguished depending on thewaste processing channel followed:

DSThe SF6 gas to be recycled or reprocessed

DSThe metals to be recycled (without taking into account any surfacetreatment, paintwork or electro--silverplating)

DSWaste products to be destroyed by incineration or sent to the wastedump depending on the channel available.

DSSpecial wastes

Page 260: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 260/274

End of equipment service life

Dismantling and recovery of components

from a circuit breaker

G80--000EN024/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

III -- Categories and treatment of the materials

1 -- Treatment of

SF6 gas

The SF6 gas will be recycled in accordance with the recommendations of 

the IEC 60480 Standard.

However, when recovering the SF6 gas, it is important to respect thefollowing precautions:

-- Weigh the recipients used before and after filling, so as to ensuretraceability of the weights recovered

-- For each recipient, carry out a measurement of the purity of the SF6gas and a search for the decomposition products (SO2, HF)

In case of absence of a local waste processing channel for the recycling of SF6, we recommend a return to our site in Villeurbanne, where we

propose reprocessing via our European service providers.

2 -- Materials to berecycled

Metals form the main constituent of a gas insulated substation.

The main types of metal making up a substation are:

-- Steel: steelwork structure, fasteners, electrical cubicle frames, etc.

-- Aluminium: moulded or mechanical welded enclosures, conductor bars,electrodes, etc.

-- Bolted fasteners, threaded rods, rating and name plates

-- Bare copper: electrical contacts, etc.

-- Insulated copper: electrical cable

It is important to separate these different metals when dismantling thesubstation at the end of its service life. In particular for small sub---assemblies made up of various materials.

In certain simple cases, it is sufficient to remove the fasteners ensuring theassembly and, in other cases, specific instructions shall be given.

The aluminium and copper elements must, under no circumstances,be mixed. Specific waste processing channels associated with thesematerials do not allow for perfect separation during their processing.

In cases where it is impossible to separate them, the componentmust be sent for incineration.

Page 261: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 261/274

End of equipment service life

Dismantling and recovery of components

from a circuit breaker

G80--000EN025/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

III -- Categories and treatment of the materials  (contd.)

3 -- Waste products to

be destroyed byincineration

This type of waste includes the rest of the materials used in the

composition of a gas insulated substation, other than for a few veryspecific cases.

These waste products mainly include:

-- Parts in epoxy resin: insulating cone in the case of circuit breakers withinsertion resistance

-- Plastic parts loaded with glass fibre (insulating tubes, etc.)-- Seals and gaskets, rubber bands, roller bearings

-- Insulators (support or interrupting chamber) composites etc.

Where possible, we recommend that this type of waste be sent viaincineration channels with waste heat recovery.

4 -- Special wastes   Certain elements, due to their function or the material constituting them,cannot be sent via a recycling or incineration channel.

They include the following components:

-- Insulating parts from the interrupting chamber

-- Absorbent molecular sieves

-- The active elements in electrical cubicles

-- Ceramic insulators (support or interrupting chamber) or those still calledporcelain, etc.

These waste products will follow specific channels and/or undergo certaintypes of processing.Precise instructions will be supplied for these types of components.

Page 262: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 262/274

End of equipment service life

Dismantling and recovery of components

from a circuit breaker

G80--000EN026/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 263: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 263/274

Equipment end of life

Management of SF6 gas

G80--001EN021/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

SF6 gas : Environmental impacts

Introduction   The SF6 gas contributes to the greenhouse effect:

The greenhouse effect is a natural phenomena, which by capturing a part of the infra--red rays reflected from ground to space, enables the Earth to havean average temperature of 15°C.

The most abundant gases, which participate in the creation of this green-house effect are Water Vapour, Carbon Dioxide, Methane. However, since thebeginning of the industrial era, Man has released gases into the atmosphere,which artificially increase the greenhouse effect.Even if Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6) is only present in the environment in lowlevels, it creates a greenhouse gas, which has the capacity to absorb theinfra--red rays emitted by the Earth, which is 22,200 times higher than that of Carbon Dioxide.

N.B.   :   1 kg of SF6 gas emissions are, thus, the equivalent of22,200 kg of Carbon Dioxide, which corresponds to the green-house effect gas waste released by a gasoline vehicle covering120,000 km.

SF6 gas is used in High--and Medium--Voltageswitchgear for its breakingandinsulation capacities.The SF6 emissions can be generated in the equipment manufacturing, opera-ting, maintenance and decommissioning processes. The losses are, either,accidental (equipment breakage),or structural (equipment’s leaktightness).Under no circumstances, SF6 gas should be released to the environment:

N.B.   :   In accordance with the International Kyoto Agreements,European Regulations on fluorinated gases and IEC 62271--303applicable standards (e.g.. IEC 61634, SF6 gas handling opera-tions (filling, recovery) must be carried out by trained and quali-fied personnel, using tools and procedures enabling gas releasesto be limited.

Page 264: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 264/274

Equipment end of life

Management of SF6 gas

G80--001EN022/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

SF6 gas safety rules

New SF6

  D   Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6) is a colourless, odourless and non--toxic gas.

D  However, it is a gas, which does not maintain life.

This gas is heavier than air and the lower parts such as trenches or cabletroughs can contain a strong concentration of this gas, which could lead toasphyxia.

N.B.   :   The maximum permissible concentration on a workstation,assuming that people stay there 8 hours a day, 5 days a week,is 1000 ppm (i.e. 0.1%) of the volume. This very low level is astandard value for all non--toxic gases, which are not usuallypresent in the atmosphere.

Every recipient containing new SF6 gas should be labelled as indicatedbelow:

S 7/9 – Keep container tightly c losed in a well --

ventilated place.

S 20/21 – When using, do not eat, drink or

smoke.

S 45 – In the event of an accident, contact a

doctor immediately (if possible show the doctor

this label).

S61 -- Avoid release to the environment. Refer

to special Instructions / Safety Data Sheet.

S 63 – If inhaled, move the victim out of the

contaminated area and keep them still.

S51 -- Use only in well ventilated areas.

Clean SULPHUR

HEXALUORIDE

SF6

Page 265: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 265/274

Equipment end of life

Management of SF6 gas

G80--001EN023/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

SF6 gas safety rules (contd.)

Used SF6   D   Under the influence of electrical arcing, SF6 gas can be broken down intosub--products, which are more or less toxic and/or corrosive.

D  Depending on their nature, these products can be irritant for the mucousmembranes, the respiratory tracts and the skin.

The SF6 decomposition products are brought to light, even when present invery low levels, by a strong pungent and sulphur odour.

Every recipient containing used SF6 gas should be labelled:Used SF6 gas will be stored in a pressurised, leak--tight container, which mustbe resistant to decomposition products (valves, connectors and piping inclu-ded) and will be regularly inspected in accordancewith thestandards in force.The maximum quantity of polluted gas stored on site will be defined in accor-

dance with the rules in force.

S 7/9 – Keep container tightly closed in a well-- ventilated

place.

S 20/21 – When using, do not eat, drink or smoke.

S 38 – In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respi-

ratory equipment.

S 45 – In the event of an accident, contact a doctor imme-

diately (if possible show the doctor this label).

S61 -- Avoid release to the environment. Refer to special

Instructions / Safety Data Sheet.

S 63 – If inhaled, move the victim out of the contaminated

area and keep them still.

S 51 -- Use only in well ventilated areas.

(Contains used Sulphur Hexafluoride SF6)

R 26/27/28 – VERY TOXIC BY INHALATION, INCONTACT WITH SKIN AND IF SWALLOWED.

C -- CORROSIVE T+ -- V ERY TOXIC

LiquidGAS,

toxic,

corrosive,

n.s.a.

Page 266: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 266/274

Equipment end of life

Management of SF6 gas

G80--001EN024/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

SF6 gas safety rules (contd.)

Used SF6

  For all interventions, it is necessary to respect the following instructions:

In every zone where the SF6 is implemented

D  It is forbidden to smoke, eat, drink or store food.

D  Ventilation must be sufficient.

D  It is forbidden to use a fuel engine.

D  Individual protection must be worn, following the table below.

Individualprotection

SF6 Technicalgrade.

Pure SF6 andused gaswithout toxicproducts.

ConformingSF6 inclu-ding lowlevels of  toxic pro-ducts .

Non--conforming SF6including toxic products.

SF6 (post--arcing).

Studies of the compart-

ment containing pollutedSF6.

Wearing of Gloves

Wearing of EyeProtection

Wearing of aSimple FaceMask

Wearing of aCartridge FilterFace Mask

Wearing of aCombination

N.B.   : For the elimination, the individual protection is managed in HIW

D   Furthermore, the personnel intervening on the equipment, must respect atminimum the following instructions : after draining gas,

-- Remove the SF6 decomposition products immediately after the openingof the equipment in order to avoid a chemical re--combination with water.

-- Ventilation must be sufficient.

-- Use an appropriate vacuum cleaner equipped with a dust filter and wipewith a clean, dry cloth.

-- Avoid shaking the cloth

-- Block the SF6 decomposition products (i.e. molecular sieve, cloth soiledwith a 3% sodium hydroxide solution during 24 h) and destroy as dangerouswaste.

D  Avoid contact with soiled parts or dust (Individual Protection)

Soiled individual protection, soiled dusters, soiled molecular sieve, pollutedgas, must be destroyed as dangerous industrial waste. Polluted gas will beincinerated or recycled depending on its level of pollution.

Page 267: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 267/274

Equipment end of life

Management of SF6 gas

G80--001EN025/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Transportation of SF6 gas

D  Transportation of SF6 gas is considered as a transportion of dangerousmaterials. It must be carried out in accordance with the regulations in force,especially the ADR Regulations in Europe (European Agreement concerningthe International Road Transport of dangerous materials).

D  For each transport, each container must be labelled, the label must bevisible and be combined with a Health & Safety / Transportation label and aTransportation slip for dangerous materials must be drawn up.

D   In the event of a transportation of SF6 gas containing toxic products(waste), the document for dangerous materials must include the ADR 2.2 TC classification with a Safety Plan. The combined label will be the following :

S 7/9 – Keep container tightly closed in a well-- ventilated place.

S 20/21 – When using, do not eat, drink or smoke.

S 38 – In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment.

S 45 – In the event of an accident, contact a doctor immediately (if possible

show the doctor this label).

S 61 -- Avoid release to the environment. Refer to special Instructions / SafetyData Sheet.

S 63 – If inhaled, move the victim out of the contaminated area and keep themstill.

S 51 -- Use only in well ventilated areas.

(Contains used Sulphur Hexafluoride SF6)

R 26/27/28 – VERY TOXIC BY INHALATION, INCONTACT WITH SKIN AND IF SWALLOWED.

C -- C ORROSIVE   T+ -- VERY TOXIC

LiquidGAS,

toxic,

corrosive,n.s.a.

USED SF6

SULPHUR

HEXAFLUORIDE

D   Loading and unloading operations are carried out by trained and qualifiedpersonnel in accordance with the instructions in force.

Page 268: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 268/274

Equipment end of life

Management of SF6 gas

G80--001EN026/6

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Applicable documentation

International Stan-

dardsD   IEC60376: Technical Quality specifications of Sulphur Hexafluoride(SF6)for use in electrical devices.

D  IEC 60 480 : guidelines concerning the testing and treatment of SulphurHexaluoride (SF6) sampled on electrical devices and specifications concer-ning re--use.

D   IEC 62 271--303 : high--voltage switchgear – use and handling operationsof Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6) in high--voltage switchgear.

Technical guides   D   SF6 Practical Handling instructions -- CIGRE Brochure 273 :   SF6Practical Handling guide

D   SF6 Recycling Guide(Revision 2003) -- CIGRE Brochure 234 -- August

2003 -- PARIS : SF6 recycling guide

European Regula-tions

European Regulations (EC) No842/2006 of 17th of May 2006 concerning cer-tain greenhouse effect fluorinated gases.

Page 269: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 269/274

Equipment end of life

Instructions on the handling of used SF6 gas

and decomposition products

G81--001EN031/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Presentation

Introduction   These maintenance directives incorporate measures for avoiding the hazards

involved in the application of SF6 gas to switchgear.Such directives are protective measures and recommendations for the userof SF6 switchgear.

Fundamentalrules

Instructions for performance of work on SF6 gas switchgear are given in theappropriate instruction manuals.Switchgear may only be opened after the preparations for scavenging havebeen completed.

In this module   This module contains the following topics :

Topic Page

Evacuation of SF6 gas apparatus 2

Opening--up SF6 gas switchgear 3

Recapitulation of important instructions 4

Page 270: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 270/274

Equipment end of life

Instructions on the handling of used SF6 gas

and decomposition products

G81--001EN032/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Evacuation of SF6 gas apparatus

Principle and

precautions

The table below gives the principle of evacuation of SF 6 gas apparatus and

precautions to take :

Step Action

1 De--energize apparatus, switch--off where applicable and earth.

2 Connect the servicing unit to the gas filling nipple by means of ahose and using an adsorber filter.

3 Remove the SF6  gas using the vacuum pump. Depending on thegas volume ; it can be stored for re--use as per indications of IECstandard.

4 Fill gas compartment if possible with nitrogen or dry compressed airat rated pressure and subsequently, discharge outdoors (if possiblethrough an adsorber filter).

Page 271: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 271/274

Equipment end of life

Instructions on the handling of used SF6 gas

and decomposition products

G81--001EN033/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Opening--up SF6 gas switchgear

Precautions to take   At the time of the opening--up SF6   gas switchgear, take the precautions

below :

DSOpen--up SF6 switchgear only after the gas has been evacuated and thepressure inside the apparatus has been reduced to that of atmosphericpressure.

DSPut the ventilation system in operation or ensure that fresh air circulatesin some other manner when switchgear which contains decompositionproducts is opened (e.g. circuit--breaker).

DSWear suitable fresh air breathing apparatus if there is even the slightestpossibility that personnel working on the equipment could be put in dangerthrough inhalation of hazardous amounts of gas vapor from powderydecomposition products.

DSWear special overalls when working on opened--up SF6 switchgear whichcontains powdery decomposition products. After completing work removeoveralls.

DS Avoid stirring--up dust and powder from SF6 switchgear. Difficult to removedust can be removed with dry non--fibrous rags. A vacuum cleaner should beused to remove loose dust. Thevacuum cleaner filter should be able to retainsparticles of a least 1   m in size.

DS Items (such as rags, vacuum cleaner, throw--away--overalls, gloves, etc.)which come in contact with thedecomposition products must be collected andneutralized so that the dust cannot be transferred. Before getting rid of theseitems neutralize in a 3 percent soda solution for 24 hours. verify the degreeof neutralization after 24 hours. When soda is added, no bubbles should be

result. If there are bubbles repeat the neutralization.DSUnder all circumstances ensure that the decomposition products neithercome in contact with skin, eyes, clothes, nor that they are swallowed orinhaled. Pay special attention to cleanliness of body, clothes andwork--bench. Dust or powder that comes in contact with skin must be washedaway with plenty of water.It is advisable to wash face, neck, arms and hands with soap and plenty of water before work--breaks and after stoppage of work.

DS Avoid eating, drinking, smoking or storing eatables in rooms or outdoorsnear to opened SF6 switchgear which may contain arc--decomposed powder.

Page 272: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 272/274

Equipment end of life

Instructions on the handling of used SF6 gas

and decomposition products

G81--001EN034/4

02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited.   GRID

Recapitulation of important instructions

Reminder   Pure, non--contaminated SF6  gas is non--poisonous. Electrical discharges

and fault--switching arcs will give rise to different grades of poisonousdecomposition products. In small amounts gaseous decomposition productsproduce -- within seconds and before any poisonous effects can take place-- warning symptoms, such as an unpleasant piercing odor, nasal, mouth andeye irritations, which enable working personnel to withdraw to safety. Soliddecomposition products (powdery residues from switching) can cause skinirritations. SF6   is about five times heavier than air, and in the absence of turbulence, results in the gas collecting just above ground level and causingsuffocation through a deficiency of oxygen.

Important

instructions

The table below recapitulates the important instructions to follow at the time

of handling of used SF6 gas and decomposition products :No. Instruction

1 As soon as an unpleasant, piercing odor from decomposition productsbecomes perceptible leave the substation room without delay. enterthe room only after thorough ventilation or when wearing suitableoxygen breathing masks (with filtering or fresh air device).

2 After disturbances, enter the substation room only after havingthoroughly aired the room or when wearing independent of ambient--air operating oxygen breathing masks, or alternatively, afterverifying by measurement that the ambient air contains at least 17%volume of oxygen, especially if, one has to reckon with theconcentration of SF6 in hazardous amounts.

3 Enter rooms located below, and connected with the substation--roomsafter thorough ventilation only, or when wearing oxygen breathingmasks which operate independent of the ambient--air, or alternatively,after having verified by measurement that the ambient air contains atleast 17% volume of oxygen.

4 Ensure that the room ventilation operates satisfactorily, whilstmaintenance work is being performed on SF6 switchgear (dischargingand filling of gas, opening and cleaning of equipment).

5 When working on opened SF6 switchgear protect skin against contactwith gas and avoid swallowing or inhaling of gas. Ensure body, clothingand work--bench cleanliness. Wear special work--overalls and aftercompletion of work discard latter.

6 Wash skin which comes in contact with powder deposits with plenty of water. Before work--breaks and after work wash face, neck, arms andhands thoroughly with soap and plenty of water.

7 Do not stir--up powder deposits resulting from arc--switching. Removesticky powder with dry rags. Use suitable vacuum cleaner withpaper--filter to remove loose powder. Discard used items andfilter--bags in such a manner that powder deposit does not spread.Before discarding neutralize used items.

8 Avoid eating, drinking and storing eatables in rooms with opened SF6

switchgear which contains powder deposits.

Page 273: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 273/274

© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should be relied onthat it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It is provided withoutliability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, is strictly prohibited.

GRID

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 274: I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 274/274


Recommended